Author Topic: [Finished] Rise of the Evening Star  (Read 27528 times)

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
[Finished] Rise of the Evening Star
« on: February 03, 2013, 06:28:59 AM »
Good evening, ladies and gentlement!

This is a fanfic I've been working on recently in my spare time.  It's my first publicly released work, so I'm using it mainly as a way to try and improve my writing skills and force myself to let some people other than myself read my stuff, hopefully in a place where I can get a bit of constructive criticism as to writing style/technicals, and in the longer term, character and plot development.  BUT IN THE MEANTIME let's just hope we end up with a story that's worth reading. At least a little bit.


I won't go into too much detail about it here because spoiling things would be no fun, but I can give you a little bit of a taste of what to expect if you find yourself interested in reading!  My 'inspiration' for the plot came from an experience I had reading about the Spell Card Rules. Basically, I asked myself, what would happen if someone just...decided not to follow them?  I quickly arrived at the obvious answer of 'they'd get trounced,' so logically the next question would be, what would happen if someone decided not to follow the spell card rules, AND they were strong enough that no one could just walk in and beat them up?

This is a purely touhou fic, not crossing over with anything, and the only OC is going to be the stage six boss the villain.  Oh, and the story takes place about a year after UFO, and since I don't know when Ten Desires takes place in relation to that, I'm going to arbitrarily state that it's before Ten Desires. 

Anyways, thats enough preamble, here's the beginning of the actual story.  I'm just going to post the Prologue and Chapter 1 for now, and as I review/revise/rewrite the other chapters I've written I'll post them as well.

Happy reading!




Prologue ? Immortal?s Tomb

In a place that was infinitely far away, yet just outside arm?s reach, was a being who had forgotten what it meant to live and who would never know what it meant to die.

In this world, there was no light, no sound, no scent, no taste, no sensation.  Indeed, these things themselves were foreign to the one who resided here, for it had no memory of consciousness, had no memory of perception.  As far as it was concerned, it had never been alive.

Since eons past, long before the earliest memory of the oldest being, it had been sealed here, trapped in a world all of its own.  However, although that world was unreachable, it was only a hair?s breadth out of reach?and so when the balance of worlds was upset, it felt the shockwave just the same.

One day, after some unknown number of millennia, a creature travelled from Makai to the mortal realm.  The balance of worlds had been disrupted, even if only slightly.  Normally, it would not have caused a problem.  However, it did not end with one.  Soon, hordes of demons began to travel between the realm of Makai and the realm of Mortals.  The disruption was so great, it reached beyond the realms of those involved.  The Netherworld, Heaven, Hell itself, all the worlds connected to either of the two involved felt ripples of the disruption that had begun to occur.

Even this world, which had been fashioned as a prison, was not spared.  Even this world, which had never known life, was shaken.

The balance of worlds had been upset, and thus had to be restored.  As such, a human girl headed from the mortal realm to the realm of Makai.  She fought, and with much effort, managed to bring the goddess of Makai herself into submission.  Accepting her defeat, the goddess of Makai forcibly closed the gateway between the mortal realm and the realm of Makai, so that none might travel between them.

The two realms, which had been connected for so long, were now sealed from each other.  This created as much of a disruption as the incident that had precipitated it had caused.  Because of these two shocks occurring so close to eachother?

?in a world with no blood, an ancient heart began to beat.
?in a world with no air, ancient lungs began to draw breath.

Time passed, and the disruption between these worlds was forgotten.  The world that housed nothing but a curse was undisturbed, its purpose unchanged.  Though in that world there was no concept of time, everything began to settle.  The ancient heartbeat began to slow, the ancient lungs began to weaken?

?and then the border between the Netherworld and the mortal realm was breached.

The very essence of Spring was sucked from the world of the Living into the world of the Dead, and just as before, the effects of that incident rippled outwards, influencing worlds that should have been unconnected.

That old heartbeat quickened?
Those old lungs heaved?
And the eyes of an ancient being opened for the first time in millennia.

Suddenly, that which was meant to be sealed for eternity was awake.  There had been just enough of a disruption, just enough dissonance in the space between worlds, that the ancient being had been jostled into consciousness.

And the first thing it did was panic.

It didn?t understand.  Why was it here? Why couldn?t it move? Why couldn?t it speak?  Then it realized, it didn?t even know who it was.  Who was it? Why didn?t it remember? The ancient being searched its mind for anything it could find that would be of use.  Searching through the fog of its mental state, it soon happened upon what it had to assume were memories: memories of a time when it had been free, when it had ruled, when it had been scorned.
 
But try as it might, it couldn?t find any reason as to why it was here, why it was trapped.  Its memory was fragmented, incomplete.  It did not take long before it realized it had no hope of restoring its full memory while it remained trapped in this place, if it ever could.  And so, it searched for escape.

The world it was within was tiny, crafted just large enough to fit its physical body.  There was no space for movement, no room for action.  Probing the edges of the world with its mind, it found no flaws in its prison, physical or otherwise.  And so it panicked again.  How long would it to have had to have been here for its memories to have deteriorated to such an extent? If it had truly been unconscious the entire time, would it now be forced to live consciously through an even longer period of time?  Unable to move, unable to act, barely enough space to think. 

It knew that before it was in this place, it had feared nothing.  There was no place, no person, no concept that had made it feel true terror.  Now, however, it was beginning to develop an acute claustrophobia.  Its panic grew, but it didn?t even have the freedom to flail, couldn?t move enough to let out a scream.  As it was gripped by terror, something caught its eye.

It could see.  It hadn?t noticed before, but for some reason, it could see.  If it relaxed and focused, it could see something outside of the world it was trapped in.  Attempting to calm down, it watched the scenery before it.  It saw a girl and her friends, travelling through snowy fields.  Travelling to the world of the dead, and fighting.  Fighting to reclaim?something.

The ancient being strained harder, pushed its senses further from its body, and it could hear.  It heard the words the girl exchanged with her adversary, heard of her demand for Spring to be returned to her.

Spring? The fog in its mind began to clear slightly.   Yes, it remembered Spring.  A time of life, of rebirth, where the harshness of winter gave way and the warmth of new life flourished.  The ancient being?s heart soared.  By watching this girl for only a short time, it had regained a lost piece of its memory.  Maybe, just maybe, if it continued to watch this world, it could learn why it was trapped here.  Maybe, just maybe, it could learn some method to break free from its restraints.

And so it continued to watch.  It watched as the moon was replaced with a fake, and as the world was cloaked in an unending night.  It watched as the souls of the dead possessed flowers in droves, causing them to bloom uncontrollably until they could be ferried across to the afterlife.  It watched as a god from the outside world ? outside? Outside of where? ? moved an entire lake in an attempt to gather faith.  It watched as that god gave unbelievable power to an incredibly foolish child, putting the whole world at risk.

Throughout everything it saw, there was one thing in common between all of them.  As all of these incidents came to pass, one girl rose time and time again to set things straight.  No matter what the situation, no matter what the danger, she never failed to stand in the way of those who would do the world wrong. 

And as it continued to watch, it continued to remember bits and pieces of its lost past.  It was nowhere near coming to a complete understanding of its situation, but it was reminded of many of the things it had experienced while it was free.  The sensation of the earth under one?s feet, of the rain on one?s skin, of the sun on one?s face.  As it learned of all of these sensations, it yearned to be free, yearned to experience those sensations again.  But no matter what it tried, it could never move so much as an inch.

It understood from its fragmented memory, and also from logical deduction of its circumstances, that it was a being of great power.  While it was free, it had lived completely unrestrained, completely unstoppable.  And yet now, it had been stopped.  Even with all of its might, it couldn?t make any progress towards breaking free from its prison.

Suddenly, the ancient being was beset by panic once again.  It had not realized it before, because the change had been so subtle, but it noticed now that something was different.  The world it watched was getting darker, the sounds were getting harder to hear. Naturally, it did not believe that such things were actually occurring.  It knew it was its own vision that was growing dim, its own hearing that was beginning to fail.  It felt its breaths becoming labored, its heartbeat beginning to slow.

Yet despite the mounting panic, its heartbeat did not quicken.  It understood, gripped by fear, that it was losing consciousness.  After watching for what must have been years, but had only felt like minutes, it had never once closed its eyes.  It had never once tired.  Yet now, it felt that it was being pulled back into the unconsciousness it had arisen from not long ago.

It did not know what was happening, or why.  It had not recovered enough of its memories to understand its situation, and did not know if it would ever awaken again if it lost consciousness now.  The fear born of claustrophobia became a fear for its life.  Eternal sleep is the same as death.  It had never feared death before, and now it was losing itself to that fear.

It had never managed to feel the sun on its face, the rain on its skin, the earth underneath its feet.  It had woken up against all odds after thousands of years of slumber, and was just going to pass back into oblivion without being able to accomplish anything.  It was about to lose everything when it had nothing.

Heart filled with despair, the ancient being watched futilely as the young girl it had seen so many times before flew to the sky, chasing after some sort of flying ship.  Desperately, it sought any way to keep itself awake, to keep itself alive.

But there was nothing to be found.  It wailed within its own mind as it felt the darkness closing in.  Its hearing failed, and it could no longer make out the sounds of what was happening to the girl.  Its eyes closed, and the world was once again shrouded in darkness.  Its lungs no longer had the strength to draw breath, and they stilled.

And just as that ancient heart beat its last?

?a miracle occurred.

The gateway to Makai was torn open.  The shockwave tore through the ancient being?s world, shocking it back into consciousness.  Its lungs heaved, its eyes snapped open, and it instinctively attempted to thrash around its prison.  When it noticed something was different, it froze instantly.

Something had changed.  The opening of the gateway to Makai had done more than jar it into wakefulness; it had damaged the world it was trapped within.  In the most inconspicuous corner, just out of its field of vision, was a tiny crack.

The ancient being gathered its strength and attacked the prison?s single flaw with all its power.  However, it didn?t give.  The prison was still tight enough that no physical movement was possible.  It couldn?t put enough force onto the flaw to break it open any further.  But it did not despair.  Where physical force failed, mental force prevailed.

It gathered its consciousness and focused on that one spot, that one tiny crack.  Its heartbeat quickened, and chest filled with excitement as it felt its conscious mind slipping through the crack.  It was working.  This way, it could escape.

It took only a few moments for it to realize that it couldn?t escape the prison the way it was attempting to.  It could extend its mental self through the fissure, but there was no way it could move its physical body through it.  But it was not discouraged.  The fact it could make as much progress as it did was a miracle.  There was no way it would let that go to waste.

It began to focus its mental self outside of the prison.  It couldn?t manifest itself perfectly, but it could do so enough that it could act.  It had a myriad of powers, skills, abilities, and strengths, but it could not manifest all of them in the temporary shell it was attempting to create.  After a short while, it decided on the one ability it would transfer, the one that would be most useful in completing its objective.

All it had to do was find some way to break the prison apart from the outside.  It had already decided the best course of action to do so, and it now was almost finished creating a tool that would allow it to accomplish that goal.

The first thing it must do was to go back to the beginning.  Back to where everything started.  The very first thing it saw, the very first thing it experienced since it had awoken.  It had to go back to the Netherworld, and visit the princess who dwelt there.

Soon, it would be free of this place.  Soon, it would feel the warmth of the sun on its face.  The coldness of the rain on its skin.  The firmness of the earth beneath its feet.

Soon?it would rule again.
   
« Last Edit: July 25, 2014, 07:02:42 PM by TwilightsCall »

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #1 on: February 03, 2013, 06:45:58 AM »
I sure hope double posting in these threads is okay, cause this is going to make the thread look so much more organized.  Also dodging character limits.

But you're not here to hear me ramble, you're here to read!



Chapter 1 ? A Message in Violet

A gentle breeze blew across the narrow forest path, rustling the branches of trees that had not yet grown leaves.  The Sun shone gently yet fervently through the leaves of the trees lining the path, providing a comforting warmth to the lone girl who walked along it.

The last of the snow had melted just the day before, and as she slowly made her way through the forest, she could practically feel the trees around her brimming with energy, eagerly awaiting the moment they would bloom.  The snow had melted early this year, but even so, it wouldn?t be long before the world burst back into life.

Adjusting her hat with one hand and holding a broom over her shoulder with the other, the girl nonchalantly walked on, feeling full of the same energy nature was overflowing with.  Normally she would be soaring through the sky, and have arrived at her destination ages ago, but today she decided to relish the scenery of a world that was not quite winter and yet not quite spring.  Despite the rarity of the spectacle, it was one that few people ? if any ? would pay any mind to, so on a whim, she decided to see if there was anything worth seeing.

She was not disappointed.  As she continued to walk along the nondescript forest path, she was able to see nature with new eyes.  It was as if she was watching nature itself open its eyes after its three month long slumber.  Everything was full of energy, but had not yet burst into motion.  It was an infectious feeling, filling her with an anxiousness without pressure, pushing her to do something, regardless of what it was, without the overbearingness of having to do it now.

So, she didn?t rush.  As her destination came into sight, she continued at her relaxed pace, turning to walk up the stone steps.  It suddenly dawned on her that she hadn?t actually walked up these steps before.  Every other time she had been here, she had flown and touched down directly in the courtyard, so there hadn?t been a need to walk the steps up or down.  Absentmindedly she tried to determine the number of years she had been visiting here without ever having walked through the entrance, but before she got her answer she reached the end of the staircase.

Spread out before her was the Hakurei Shrine.  Across the open courtyard that was just beginning to show signs of green was the Shrine itself, with its dusty old offertory box sitting in the same place as always.  What was not in the same place as always however was the Shrine?s signature Shrine Maiden ? or as the girl liked to call her, Janitor, since all she ever seemed to do that was related to the shrine itself was clean the place.

Standing behind the offertory box, broom in hand, was Reimu.  Staring somewhere off into the sky as if lost in thought, she made no sign of having noticed the girl?s arrival.  As she crossed the courtyard, she waved her free hand to try and get the shrine maiden?s attention.

?Yo Reimu, what?s up??

Reimu?s thoughtful, far away expression immediately and inexplicably sank into one of exasperation.  Dropping her gaze from the sky to look flatly at the visitor, she called back without returning the wave.

?You?re walking.?
?Nice to see you too.?  As the distance between the two finally shrank to that of one between two people having a normal conversation, Reimu continued to stare unimpressed at the visitor.  After a few moments of silence, she finally spoke again.

?Marisa?you?re walking.?

Slightly confused as to why Reimu was so interested in the fact that she was walking, Marisa struggled for the appropriate response to Reimu?s pointing out of the obvious.

?Yep, I?m walking.?
??why??
?Err?why not??

After another extended pause, Reimu finally dropped her stare and sighed, returning to her sweeping.    Seeing the topic had been dropped, Marisa shrugged and sat on the deck out in front of the shrine, just beside the steps up into the main building. Propping her broom up beside her, she started fishing around in her pockets.

?So, what?s up with you??

Hearing yet another sigh from Reimu, Marisa found what she was looking for.  Pulling out a single coin from one of her pockets, she made a big show of polishing it.  From time to time, she would throw random small coins into the offertory box, half out of pity and half to mock Reimu for her inability to collect donations of any meaningful size.

?Well, Marisa.  Do you believe in omens??

As Reimu said this, Marisa flipped the coin she was holding towards the offertory box.  Sailing through the air, it somehow managed to hit the exact far edge of the box, causing it to bounce backwards towards Marisa.  Not quite making it halfway back, it bounced off the ground a single time before rolling under the stairs, beyond reach.

Both of the girls stared dumbly at the spot where the coin had just disappeared to, not quite believing what they had just seen.  ??I think for all our sakes, I?m going to have to answer that question with a no.?

?Thanks,? Reimu said flatly as she sat beside Marisa on the deck.  Propping her broom up beside her identical to how Marisa had, she then fell flat on her back and closed her eyes.

?So, what bad omens have you been subjected to?? Marisa couldn?t help but ask.  She knew by Reimu?s attitude that she had no desire to talk about it, but for the sake of making conversation, Marisa felt obligated to do so anyways.  Besides, it was Reimu?s fault for bringing it up.

After a long pause, Reimu finally answered, eyes still closed.  ?The shrine has had no visitors for the past two weeks.?

?That doesn?t seem particularly strange.  Don?t you complain about not having visitors all the time??

?No, you don?t understand.  I mean literally none.  Zero.  Zip.  Not a single person.  Not a single youkai. Not even the youkai that have been trying to convince me that they live here.  You are the first person I?ve seen at the shrine in literally two weeks.  Normally I wouldn?t mind some peace and quiet, but everyone deciding to stop coming to the shrine at the same time? I can?t help but feel like something is up??
   
?That?s not an omen, Reimu.  That?s a premonition.?
??close enough.?

With that, Marisa fell backwards onto the deck, mimicking Reimu?s pretending-to-sleep pose.  ?A sinister youkai plot to convince Reimu that she subconsciously wants all of the youkai who visit her shrine to keep coming.  How diabolical!?

?I hope that?s what?s going on.  It would stay nice and peaceful for a good long time if that were the case??
??but it?s not the case, is it??

Reimu sighed.  ?No, unfortunately it?s not.  I?ve spoken to the people in the village recently, and they?ve said that youkai sightings have been rapidly decreasing.  They are all rejoicing and telling me I?ve been doing a good job.?

??and not a single one of them has come to the shrine??

?Shows just how grateful they are, huh? Besides that though, I?m starting to get worried.  I don?t know what?s happening, maybe some sort of youkai hibernation season, but if the youkai are all actually disappearing??

?You?ll be out of a job??

??well yeah, that too.  But more importantly?well?I?m sure there?s actually a good reason for youkai to be around.  I just can?t think of one off the top of my head.?

?Don?t worry, the youkai aren?t disappearing.?  Reimu and Marisa simultaneously turned their heads to look at the source of the new voice. Lying on the deck beside them, perfectly mimicking Reimu and Marisa?s pose, was what looked like a small girl with a red dress and a green hat.  Looked like a small girl, except for the cat ears.  And the tail.  For some reason though, Marisa?s thoughts immediately turned to how the imposter hadn?t managed to procure a broom for her disguise.

?You?re?that cat?  From?somewhere?? Reimu sort-of greeted the new visitor, seemingly unable to recall her name.

?It?s Chen.? the girl replied flatly, clearly not impressed that she had been forgotten. Marisa didn?t blame her for forgetting though.  She was just a cat, after all.

?So, Chen.  Where have all the youkai been hiding?? Reimu went back to pretending to sleep on the deck while absent-mindedly conversing with the new visitor.

Chen hummed thoughtfully before responding.  ?It?s pretty hard to explain.  In human terms?it?s like someone turned all of the air into rice that was actually sleeping medicine.?

???what???  Marisa and Reimu couldn?t help but exclaiming in unison to Chen?s bizarre analogy.  Both of them were now staring at Chen like she was some sort of lunatic.

Seemingly unperturbed, Chen continued.  ?Basically, it feels like we can get a snack just by breathing.  But when we do, we feel really sleepy, and don?t want to go anywhere or do anything.  Just lie around all day, sleeping??

?If that?s true, then why are you here?  And?why, after overcoming this desire to sleep, did you decide to come here??

?I?m here because my master told me to come here.?

??and why is that??

?Because my master?s master wants to talk to you.?

Reimu let out an enormous sigh while Marisa could do nothing but grin.  Reimu?s two week break from dealing with youkai was coming to an end in a spectacular fashion if Yukari Yakumo was going to be the one calling her out.

?And why does Yukari want to talk to me??

?Dunno.  But she?s inside waiting for you.?   

??you probably could have mentioned that sooner.?   

?Yeah, but I?m kinda sleepy.  I really just want to take a nap??

?Well go ahead and take a nap at home.?

Ignoring Reimu?s words, Chen curled up on the deck in front of the shrine and began snoring softly.  With yet another sigh, Reimu sat up from where she was lying and stood up.

?Come on, Marisa.  If you?re going to be sitting around the shrine anyways, you?re going to have to come deal with Yukari with me as well.?


------------------


Reimu made an exaggerated sigh as she walked through the inner rooms of the shrine.  Though technically this part of the building was her living quarters and not the shrine itself, few people made the distinction, and she wasn?t one of them.  Pointedly ignoring the violet-clad youkai sitting in a chair from who even knows where, Reimu walked right through the room and headed to her kitchen.  In contrast, Marisa tipped her hat to Yukari in greeting, who responded with a smile and a polite nod, before Marisa sat at the table relaxedly.

?So, what brings you here today, Miss Kirisame?? Yukari opened the conversation with what Marisa could only hope was intended to be an incredibly ironic question.

?I felt like going for a walk somewhere, and before I knew it, I ended up at this strange place.?

?Walking? You must be an awful lot older than you look if you are starting to enjoy leisurely walks through the woods.?

?At least I?m not so old yet that I need to carry a chair around with me.? Yukari gave a wry smile at Marisa?s retort, but otherwise gave no response.  Marisa appreciated a person with a sense of humor.  So many people just couldn?t stand being the butt of a joke nowadays.  She appreciated it, but that didn?t mean she wasn?t willing to push her luck.

?Hm? No response?  Maybe you?re a little older than I thought??

Yukari immediately donned a serious face.  ?Well you know, a youkai as great and powerful as I has a great many things they are responsible for.  It is to be expected that I become a little fatigued every now and then.?

?Is that so?  Well, make sure you get enough sleep, then.  It would be a shame if a youkai as great and powerful as you fell asleep on the job.?

Yukari pulled out a Japanese styled fan from?somewhere, and used it to hide the lower half of her face. ?I?ve slept for longer than you?ve been alive a hundred times over.  I think I?ll be alright.? Though her mouth was covered, Marisa could clearly see the smile in Yukari?s eyes.  Yes, it was certainly great to talk to someone who wouldn?t try to blow you up because of a few jokes.

Before either of the two could continue, Reimu walked back into the room holding a tray with two cups of tea.  With a deadpanned expression and a monotone voice, Reimu finally greeted the youkai.

?Oh, if it isn?t Yukari.  My, if I had known you were here, I would have made you some tea as well.  Oh well, no use crying over spilt milk.?  Saying this, she sat down at the table opposite Marisa and passed her one of the cups from the tray.  With a nod in thanks, Marisa took the cup and relegated herself to quietly enjoying her tea.

?That is quite alright.  I do not really have time for niceties today myself, so it would be best to skip the pleasantries and get right down to business.?  Snapping her fan closed, she waved it lightly in front of her, causing her to suddenly be in possession of a steaming cup of tea of her own.

Reimu stared blankly at Yukari, clearly not willing to be the one to start the conversation.  Yukari, despite being the one who decided to ?get right down to business,? sat quietly enjoying her tea, suddenly seeming oblivious to the shrine maiden in front of her.  After seeing Yukari also wasn?t willing to start the conversation, Reimu turned back to her tea and began relaxedly partaking as well.

And so the situation continued.  Three people, none of which desiring to talk, quietly drinking tea in the middle of Reimu?s house. Marisa couldn?t help but raise an eyebrow at how long the two were taking to get this over with ? she would have at least expected Reimu to try and kick Yukari out by now ? but no matter how many eyebrows she raised, no one else in the room said a word.

The seconds turned to minutes, the minutes turned to hours, and the hours turned to days. Well, at least it felt like days to Marisa.  Truth be told only about five or ten minutes had passed since she had greeted Yukari, and now that the three of them had finished drinking their tea, Marisa had nothing to keep her hands busy, and so was beginning to get fidgety. Just as she was about to stand up and head out of the room to find some way to stave off her mounting boredom, Yukari beat her to the punch.

?Well, it?s been pleasant chatting with you all, but I?m afraid I must now be on my way.?  Standing up from her chair (which disappeared into a gap behind her after she had done so), Yukari began making her way to the exit.

?Have a safe trip,? Reimu responded with as close to a genuine smile as Marisa had thought she had ever seen on the girl.  Yukari gave a small wave and a bright smile as she walked out of the room.

?That was?fun?? Marisa couldn?t help but try to say something in the silence that followed Yukari?s departure.  Had she actually come by just to drink tea in Reimu?s living room? It wasn?t something she was willing to put past her, but even so?

?Good riddance.  There is nothing she could tell me now that wouldn?t be troublesome, so as far as I?m concerned, best possible outcome achieved.?  Reimu picked up the cups of tea ? of course, Yukari had been drinking from one of the shrine?s cups ? and headed back into the kitchen area of the building.  Before she could make it out of the room though, none other than Yukari Yakumo walked through the doorway Reimu was now standing in front of.

?Oh, by the way, before I go?? Yukari started as soon as she appeared, a bright look on her face, as if she had just pulled off some magnificent prank.  Reimu on the other hand simply sighed and narrowed her eyes at her. ?You see, all of the spirits of the netherworld have disappeared, so I?d like for you to check things out for me.  Thanks in advance~?

Reimu turned to look at Marisa wearing her ?I told you so? face, ?You see what I mean? Nothing but trou-?wait, what?!?
« Last Edit: February 03, 2013, 10:07:20 PM by TwilightsCall »

Esifex

  • Though the sun may set
  • *
  • It shall rise again
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #2 on: February 03, 2013, 08:16:41 PM »
I'm loving how you're portraying Reimu and Yukari's relationship. Having the ordinarily spastic, go-fast, do-it-now Marisa actually going out of her way to enjoy a walk was an excellent touch - and the justification she came up for it was perfectly in character, too.

My only suggestion is find a way to make the scene transition a little more noticeable. An ellipsis kind of blends into the background if you're only using one - I'd suggest the hr tag, but you seem to have found it on your own for the break between author comments and actual story.

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #3 on: February 04, 2013, 01:24:10 AM »
Thank you for your comments, good sir.  I will attempt to make my scene transitions a little more salient in the future.

In honour of me finishing writing another chapter, here is Chapter 2.  I will probably be updating every day or three until I've put in everything I've written to date, so that I have a chance to properly review everything before I put it up.





Chapter 2 ? Guardian of an Empty World

   
?So I understand why Yukari needs our help?? Marisa spoke slowly in contrast to the speed that they were moving.  Her, Reimu, and Yukari were all flying through the air at a fast, but not rushed speed, heading to some nondescript location in the sky.  Well, nondescript except for the fact that it was the place where the barrier between the world of the Living and the world of the Dead was thinnest.

?And I understand why we are going to Hakugyokurou?? The three hadn?t been in much of a mood for talking.  Reimu still seemed upset about the situation at hand?or maybe just upset at having to deal with it herself.  Yukari seemed at once both lost in thought and deeply focused on what she was doing.  And so it was up to Marisa, who was beginning to fall apart due to boredom, to try and stoke some sort of conversation.

?But I don?t understand why, when we have the Youkai of Borders herself with us, the one person in all of Gensokyo who can move anywhere instantly, for some reason we?ve decided to take the long way, despite searching for someone in what is most likely some sort of emergency??

Yukari ignored her complaints, but Reimu turned and gave Marisa a withering look.  Apparently she was just angry at having to deal with this herself.

?Yukari already tried that and didn?t get any results, so we?re going to try something different.?
?That?s it? Just to ?try something else???

Reimu paused before continuing.  ?If all the spirits of the Netherworld are missing, they must have gone somewhere.  Which leaves two possibilities. Either they are all hiding within the Netherworld somewhere, or they left the Netherworld somehow.  Going to the place where it is easiest for them to escape the Netherworld might turn up some clues as to which one happened.?

?Ahh, I see.  If they left on their own, they probably would have sought the weakest point to break through.?  Marisa scowled at the ?the kid finally gets it? look Reimu was giving her, proceeding to turn to Yukari who was still flying silently beside them.

?So Yukari, when was the last time you saw Yuyuko??

Yukari blinked a few times, as if she was being brought back to reality by the question, and after a few moments turned to answer Marisa. ?The last time I saw her was?a few months ago.  However, I did receive an invitation to go visit her last week.?

?Last week?and when did you find out she was missing??
?Yesterday.?
?So you waited a week after receiving the invitation before visiting her??
?It said to visit her when I woke up, so naturally Ran waited for me to wake up before giving me the invitation.  I went immediately after seeing it.?
?You slept for an entire week straight?!?
?More like three, to be honest.?

Marisa continued to stare flabbergasted at Yukari, prompting a small chuckle from Reimu. ?Remember who you?re talking to, Marisa. Even among Youkai, Yukari is something else.? Marisa just shook her head at Yukari?s mischievous smile.

Then suddenly, without any sort of signal or warning, the three of them immediately stopped. Reimu?s face showed a look of serious concern, strangely similar to Marisa?s scowling as if she had just smelled something terrible.  Both girls immediately looked at Yukari, and felt a certain sense of dread when they saw something they hadn?t expected to see in their entire lives: a look of honest, unveiled shock.

Aside from the disconcerting look on Yukari?s face, Reimu and Marisa could both feel something strange in the air.  A sense of repression, a wave of light nausea.  As if something was killing the air itself, yet was trying not to.  Both of them realized that the feeling didn?t make any sense, but there were only so many words that could describe the sensation.

?I take it that means we?re here.? Marisa muttered under her breath while the three of them attempted to regain some semblance of composure.

?Even the two of you can feel it I assume?? Yukari?s face had lost its shocked expression and now wore one of dire concern.  ?What you feel is the aura of the boundary between the worlds of the Living and the Dead leaking into the air. Normally, it is sealed completely within the boundary itself, but??

Reimu picked up when Yukari paused. ?So something has happened here after all.  Can you tell what happened, Yukari??

After yet another pause, Yukari spoke once more. ?Back during the Endless Winter incident, you remember how I weakened the boundary here to allow Yuyuko and her gardener to gather Gensokyo?s spring??  Both Reimu and Marisa nodded, urging her to continue. ?Well, what I did only weakened the barrier.  It still held out most people, but those of particular strengths could then bypass it.  What?s happened here?is that someone has torn a hole in it.?

Reimu and Marisa blinked in unison.  Reimu spoke slowly, ?Are you trying to tell me that the border between the worlds of the Living and the Dead has been destroyed??

Yukari broke eye contact with the two and began to gaze off into the sky in front of them, where the other two assumed the offending boundary lay.  ?Not destroyed, technically.  Just punched a hole in it, roughly the same size as your shrine?s entire grounds.?

?So, not that big then,? Marisa said before she could stop herself, settling with returning Reimu?s withering glare with an apologetic smile.  ?So, what does that mean??

?Nothing.? The two girls were once again taken aback by Yukari?s abrupt answer.  ?It means nothing, because I?m going to fix it right now.  If I don?t then?well?that doesn?t matter, because I will.  Meanwhile, you two continue ahead.  If I finish here before you are satisfied with your investigation, I will stay here to open the way for you on your way out.?

Without a word, Reimu took off towards what she now understood to be a hole in the boundary in front of her.  Marisa paused for a moment, looking unsure as to what she should do.

?Don?t worry, Marisa.  I can handle this myself. This is what I do.  Go and help Reimu.? With a nod, Marisa took off after Reimu.


-------------


Even though she had been here before, the Netherworld felt completely alien to Reimu.  Last time, flying over these seemingly countless numbers of steps, the path had been lined with countless cherry trees in full bloom, the wind had carried a sense of hope, and of new life.  Somewhat strange, considering this was the world of the dead, but regardless.

Now, there was no trace of those feelings.  The staircase was lined by bare trees, as if it was the dead of winter, and the wind carried a hollow, forlorn air.  To Reimu, it felt almost as if there was a sense of loneliness, further amplified by the lack of any sort of spirit, living or dead, that had crowded the place on her last visit.  Of course, Reimu had no idea if any of this was strange, since she had only been here during very abnormal circumstances before.

?If this is what the Netherworld is like normally, remind me to never die.? Marisa echoed Reimu?s internal monologue with a grimace. The two were proceeding up the staircase that led to Hakugyokuro at what could only be described as a slow float.  Marisa was looking around as if she was a displeased tourist, but Reimu, despite her previous irritability, was taking things strangely seriously.

The two floated up the steps for almost half an hour in silence.  The oppressive feeling given by the place didn?t really encourage much conversation, and as much as it bored Marisa, the fact that Reimu and Yukari were both taking everything so seriously was beginning to dampen her spirits. As she struggled to find something relevant to say, just so that she could say something, she caught a faint wisp of fog in the distance.

As the two drew closer, they realized the fog was actually a person.  Well, shaped like a person.  The colours of her clothes seemed washed out, her skin too pale, and her outline wavered and warped as if she was having difficulty maintaining her shape.  The apparition turned to face the two of them, and they both immediately recognized her as the half ghost gardener of Hakugyokuro.

As soon as Reimu and Marisa picked up speed in an attempt to close the distance between them and Youmu, the ghostly girl spun in the air and took off at full speed.

?Reimu!?
?Yes, I saw!?

With that, Reimu and Marisa did likewise.  They didn?t know why she was running, or where to, but the fact that they had found anyone here where Yukari had said there was no one was enough of a clue that they weren?t going to let it get away.

While Youmu ? was it really Youmu? Marisa seemed to remember the gardener having a much more?physically existent body the last time she saw her ? was quite fast, she wasn?t moving at a speed that Reimu and Marisa couldn?t keep up with.  They weren?t gaining ground fast, but they were gaining ground, so while slightly peeved, neither of them was particularly worried.

As the two of them were about 30 feet away, Youmu suddenly drew her sword.

?Dammit?Reimu!?
?For goodness sake, I?m right here! I can see what?s happening!?

Both of them pulled out spell cards, waiting for the girl they were pursuing to make the first move.  She still wasn?t looking at them, just flying away and holding her sword in front of her.  Reimu and Marisa had both slowed down slightly, maintaining the distance between the two of them and their target, refusing to act first.

And so Youmu acted.  With what seemed a precision of impossible degree, she instantly stopped and spun to face them, holding her sword behind her, concealing the blade from the two of them perfectly.  The two girls did their best to stop as fast as possible, but they both ended up within ten feet of their target before coming to a stop.  Tense, Reimu was positioned to dodge whatever was coming as fast as possible, while Marisa wasted no time and declared her spell card.

?Love Sign-?

As she started, a sudden gust of wind howled past them.  It was so fierce and unexpected that it distracted both Reimu and Marisa for a split second, and Youmu took that opportunity.  Without a word ? indeed, without a sound ? she rocketed past the two girls, cleanly slicing through the air between where they were floating.

With a roar of exasperation, Reimu spun and immediately took off after her, with Marisa not far behind.  Youmu was now hurtling down the steps at an incredible speed, much faster than she was going earlier.  The two girls strained to accelerate in an attempt to keep up, but they just couldn?t manage to match her speed.  Even the friction with the air was starting to sting their faces, but they both knew that without at least maintaining their current speed, they had no chance of catching their target.

Little by little, Youmu was gaining distance.  It would take a while to lose them at this rate, since there was nothing to hide behind, but surely enough, the gap between her and the other two girls was slowly widening.

Marisa briefly considered firing some shots to attempt to take down their target, but at the speed they were travelling, the shots would have appeared so slow as to not even be a threat.  And so biting down on their frustration, the two girls could do nothing but push harder, and hope that Youmu would be forced to slow down before she got away.

At that thought, Marisa briefly marvelled at how fast they were actually going.  In less than five minutes, they had covered all the ground she and Reimu had made in their inspection, and had passed by the entrance they used to get into the Netherworld.  Though the two of them hadn?t noticed before, it seemed that behind the hole they had used to enter, the staircase continued downward.  And so, they followed her ever downward, a small feeling of helplessness at their inability to catch her beginning to grow.

Then suddenly, without warning, Youmu stopped once again seemingly far too fast.  There was no gradual deceleration, just one instant she was flying too fast, and the next instant she wasn?t moving at all.  This time, however, Reimu and Marisa were going far too fast to stop in time, and ended up hurtling past her.  Expecting to see Youmu rocketing up the staircase, they were pleasantly surprised when they finally managed to turn around to see her floating motionless in the air.

As they brought themselves to a stop and began ascending back towards the half ghost, she descended from where she was floating in the air and touched down on one of the steps.  Reimu and Marisa followed suit, and their angry complaints at Youmu running away for no reason were immediately cut short upon seeing what that reason was.

Standing in front of them, gazing straight at them, was ?Youmu.?  Though they were somewhat hesitant to call her that, that is what she looked like.  Seeing her this close, however, they could easily tell there was something wrong with her.  All of the colours of her clothes still looked washed out, her skin was too pale, and her eyes were a startlingly sharp red.  She seemed somewhat hazy, what should have been sharp lines and edges were shimmering and twisting, as if they were clouds being blown away by the wind.  And now that they were this close, they could tell she was transparent. Not enough that you could clearly see through her, but definitely enough to tell that she wasn?t physically?there.

However, what had grabbed their attention more than the details of their target was what was lying at her feet.  Face down, apparently unconscious, clothes torn and rumpled, covered in cuts and bruises, was the body of the actual Youmu. 

The ghost solemnly closed its eyes and bowed deeply to Reimu and Marisa, and without raising its head lost its shape.  Its entire body coalesced into a single formless mass, no bigger than a person?s head, and floated down around the body of the unconscious girl.

As soon as it had done so, Reimu and Marisa both ran over to the wounded gardener.  She was lying face down on the steps, so they couldn?t tell what kind of condition she was in from where they stood.  With great haste, they knelt down in front of her and flipped her onto her back.

Both of the girls breathed a sigh of relief.  Her face was in no better shape than the rest of her, covered in scrapes and bruises, and it was obvious that whatever had happened, she had been hit on the head multiple times.  But she was still breathing, and with their knowledge of Youkai, they knew that in almost every situation, ?still breathing? meant ?is going to be fine.?

As Reimu moved her arms and legs into a more natural position than the sprawled state she had landed in, Marisa stood up and gazed up the staircase, looking for any sort of clue as to what had happened.

?Looks like?she fell??
?Judging by the fact she?s unconscious, it seems pretty far too.?
?But she can fly, there was no reason for her to be on the stairs in the first place.?
?With that, plus the fact someone had clearly broken in here by force, it seems more likely someone threw her down here.?
?Disposing the body??
?No?she?s in much too good condition for someone to have been trying to kill her.?
?Lost a danmaku battle with someone who didn?t care what happened to her afterwards??
?Mmm?I find it unlikely.  None of these injuries look like those you?d get from a danmaku battle.  They all just look like she rolled down the stairs?really far, but still.?

Marisa hummed thoughtfully, trying to piece together a situation where someone would get pushed down the stairs unexpectedly, but not by somebody who was trying to kill her, and yet didn?t care enough about her to help her afterwards. Her thoughts were interrupted by Reimu talking again.

?Well, she?s still alive?half-alive? I don?t even know??
?I?d say judging by her appearance maybe about 15% alive??

?Alive enough that she?ll wake up someday.  Some broken bones, but luckily for her she?s Youkai enough that those are already starting to heal.  That being said, we need to talk to her as soon as she wakes up, and I don?t feel like waiting here until she does.?

?I don?t think carrying her anywhere in her state is going to be very easy?or a good idea, for that matter.?
?I know, don?t worry.  I?ll stay here and continue with some basic first aid.  Can you go get Yukari?  She can take us back to the shrine.?

?Back to the shrine?  We?ve barely even looked around here.  I can understand that we need to take care of her, but it that doesn?t take three of us.  Why not just send her back and we continue on? I?m sure Yukari could have one of her shikigami take care of her for us.?

Reimu stopped what she was doing and gazed off into the distance.  ?No, there?s nothing left for us to find here.  This is the only lead we?re going to find.?

?What makes you say that??
??I just know.?

Marisa sighed at that, but without another word she took off up the steps to find the hole in the barrier leading back to the world of the Living.

ninryu

  • Ordinary Magician
  • Magus Night
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #4 on: February 04, 2013, 05:38:21 PM »
The story seems very good so far. I love the characters interactions.
I didn't know Youmu could do that thing with her ghost half, that's quit cool.
Keep the good work!

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #5 on: February 07, 2013, 03:50:54 AM »
Not sure how I feel about this particular chapter, but I'm not unhappy enough with it that I feel like rewriting it.

I won't say anything else about it though, I'll just wait and see if anyone else has complaints about it, and see if they line up with mine :)




Chapter 3 ? A Visit From the Other World

While Reimu, Marisa, and Yukari were able to return to the Hakurei Shrine rather quickly after they left, it took until late in the evening before Youmu awoke.  Thankfully, being a youkai meant that the vast majority of her injuries had healed by the time she did, especially with the aid of Reimu and Yukari?s magic, but she was still in no condition to be moving around.

Which may have also been a good thing, considering her state of mind when she awoke.  Immediately upon realizing she was no longer in the Netherworld, she went into a frenzy, madly trying to leave the shrine and get back.  Fortunately for Reimu and Marisa, her injuries made it difficult for her to move, and so restraining her until she calmed down wasn?t particularly difficult.

After Youmu calmed down and gave them her story of the events that happened, Yukari had immediately left to go investigate something.  Now, Marisa, Reimu, and Youmu were all sitting anxiously at the Hakurei Shrine, having just finished eating their evening meal.  The sun had just sunk below the horizon, and as usual, while everyone else was deep in thought, Marisa was finding it increasingly difficult to stave off her increasing boredom.  Oddly enough, however, it was Youmu who suddenly broke the silence.

?So?there was really no one there? At all??

Sipping her after meal tea, Reimu responded without lifting her gaze from the window she had been staring out of.  ?We didn?t see anyone.  Yukari mentioned that Hakugyokurou was empty, but that was a day ago and we didn?t check ourselves.?

?That means?Lady Yuyuko is??
?Missing.  We were actually in Hakugyokurou looking for her when we stumbled upon you. Well, I suppose it would be more accurate to say your ghost friend here led us to you.?
?It?s not my friend, it?s my ghost-half.  Since, you know, I?m half ghost??

?So let me get this straight,? Marisa interjected into the conversation. ?While you were unconscious, half of you split off to go look for help??

?More or less.?

?So that means you went to go get help yourself while you were unconscious, and didn?t wake up ?til hours later?? At this, Youmu simply shrugged.  Marisa shook her head, looking at the spirit that was even now floating just behind Youmu?s shoulder. ?You?re really something else, you know that??

The room descended back into silence.  Despite Marisa?s attempts at making some light-hearted conversation, between Youmu?s depression at having failed her job, and Reimu constantly slipping between being deep in thought and being angry at everyone around her, there was only so much that she could do.  Deciding that attempting to cheer people up any more was futile, Marisa decided that she should instead turn the room?s attention to what they were going to do tomorrow.

?So we know Hakugyokurou is empty.  What are we going to do about it??

Youmu tilted her head to the side slightly, as if she didn?t really understand the question. ?Umm?I figure we?re going to look for Lady Yuyuko, and the spirits from Hakugyokurou? I am, at least.?

Reimu turned away from the window with a wry smile. ?When Marisa says ?what are we going to do,? she means ?what are we going to do now?? It was a very literal, immediately practical question.?  At Reimu?s clarification, Youmu narrowed her eyes slightly and shifted her gaze from Reimu to Marisa and back.  Seeing she had no comment, Reimu continued. ?To answer the question, the first thing we?re going to do is sleep.  I am exhausted, and have no particular desire to go flying about the countryside in the dark.?

?Ooh, a slumber party? Can I come too??

Marisa and Youmu blinked in surprise at hearing the voice of a fourth person unexpectedly creep into the room.  Reimu rolled her eyes and flopped on to the table in front of her with a sigh.

?What a cold response,? the visitor said, walking into the room with a bemused expression on her face.

?Every time I hear a new voice here, I resolve myself to be a bit meaner the next time I leave home,? Reimu said dejectedly.

?Miss?Komachi, was it?? Youmu addressed the visitor hesitantly, as if she was an acquaintance she had met only once before.

?Ah, the half dead one remembers me!? Komachi exclaimed with a bright smile that only looked slightly condescending. Youmu, on the other hand, adopted a dejected expression very similar to the one Reimu was wearing.

?Please don?t call me that.?
?Oh, I?m sorry.  I meant no offense.  Then, half alive one??
?Youmu is fine,? she replied with a sigh.

Seeing her expression, Komachi gave a small chuckle.  ?I?m sorry, I?m sorry.  I spend a lot of time thinking of jokes like this about people, since I work alone all the time.?

?Maybe you work alone because you make jokes like that,? Marisa muttered under her breath, prompting Komachi to turn to her with a big grin.

?I?ve thought up a lot about you, you know! Want to hear them??

?I think I?m alright,? Marisa managed with an uncomfortable smile.  She couldn?t really take things seriously even if she tried, but the thought of having to deal with the most clich? of jokes put her out of the mood of pushing her luck.

Without getting up from lying on the table, Reimu spoke up to cut the conversation off. ?Alright, what do you want??

Komachi turned to Reimu as if she was about to make another joke, but her expression faltered as she opened her mouth.  Looking pensive for a second, she opened her mouth once more, bearing a much more serious, but still bright expression.

?I heard a rumor that you went to Hakugyokurou today.?

?We went most of the way there, but we turned back when we found her,? Marisa said, nodding her head at Youmu. 

?Well, I?m here to trade stories with you guys.  If you tell me about how that went, I?ll tell you an interesting story.  What do you say??

Reimu and Marisa looked at each other before turning back to Komachi.  With a sigh, Reimu sat up from where she was lying. ?I suppose you won?t leave until you hear what you want to hear, so sure why not.?

?Alright let me tell my story first then.? Komachi walked up to the empty seat at the table and, after propping her scythe up against the door frame of the room, sat at the table with the other three girls. ?So you all remember what my job is, right??

?To ferry the souls from the world of the Living across the Higan river and into the afterlife, correct?? Komachi nodded vigorously to Youmu?s statement, continuing.

?I don?t know if you guys know this, but once a soul crosses the river, it takes a while before it actually is judged and sent to its proper place.  While waiting to be judged, the souls are generally kept in the Netherworld. However, even if they are being sent to the Netherworld to wait, I still need to ship them across the river.?

?Generally, there is a pretty consistent flow of souls from each side to the other.  Though I?m only responsible for sending them in one direction, I don?t need to bring any back. Regardless, about a week ago, I had a super lucky day. Not a single soul came to cross the river!  I got to spend the whole day bumming around doing nothing, and I loved it!  And while it was strange, it was something that did happen every once in a while, so I just counted myself lucky and that was that.?

?The next day, I dreaded what would inevitably be a flood of souls.  That?s just how things work, if there was a day there would be nothing, then the next day would be too many to even take across.  So while I was dreading the huge workload I stood by the river, ready for the first time in a long time to get to work right away, and guess what??

Komachi paused as she looked around the room.  The other three girls had figured the question was rhetorical, but it looked like she was actually looking for someone to guess what had happened next.  When she didn?t continue, Marisa volunteered to guess.

?There wa??
?Exactly!? Komachi interrupted as soon as Marisa begun speaking. ?I waited the entire day, and not a single spirit came!  That was two days in a row where I didn?t even step into my boat! At this point, I wasn?t even happy to have a day off anymore, I was just dreading the backlash that would come afterwards.?

Reimu and Youmu shared a look, both clearly understanding where the story was going, and Marisa simply sat fully engrossed in the Shinigami?s story.

?So to make things easy, I?ll cut the next part short. I went to work the next day, and once again, nothing.  In the end, it was five days straight where not a single spirit came to cross the river. Now, one day of no one crossing was rare, but not strange.  Two days was strange, but not unheard of.  Five days? Five days was enough that my boss crossed over the river herself to see what was going on.?

Reimu, Marisa, and Youmu all grimaced as Komachi described the event.  All three of them had met her ?boss?, the Yama before.  None of them had very fond memories of her.

?Well, she had actually come to scold me for not doing my job, but when she got there she saw that there was nothing for me to do.  When she saw that, she got this really scary look on her face, and crossed the river back to the other side without saying anything.  That was yesterday.  This morning, I got a letter from her.?

With a flourish, Komachi pulled a piece of paper out from?wait, where had she pulled it out from? Before any of the girls could field the question, Komachi began reading in an overly dramatic voice.

??Onozuka ? If by the end of the day you have not ferried a single spirit across the river, confer with the shrine maiden.  I shall speak with you myself tomorrow. ?? Looking up from the letter, she flashed Reimu a bright smile.  ?And so, here I am.?

The three girls looked uneasily at each other as Komachi looked expectantly at Reimu.

?Alright well, that?s my story,? Komachi said as she stretched her arms over her head. ?Now, let?s hear something from you guys.  Tell me something nice.?

Reimu stood up from the table and headed off into one of the back rooms of the shrine. ?I?m going to go get some more tea for all of us.  Youmu, why don?t you start by telling your side of the story, and we?ll fill in after??

With a nod, Youmu turned to Komachi. ?A number of days ago?it must have been about a week ago, I just woke up today though so I don?t really know?anyway, a number of days ago, I was tending the gardens in Hakugyokurou as normal, when Lady Yuyuko and I sensed a disturbance among the spirits of the dead.  Naturally, I went to go check on what was causing it, seeing that it seemed to be stemming from the stairway up into Hakugyokurou itself.?

Reimu returned and poured everyone another drink, or in Komachi?s case a first one, and Youmu nodded in thanks before continuing.

?I went to the staircase, and still considerably far away from the entrance to Hakugyokurou, I came across?someone.  It looked like a woman, but it was hard to tell because of her cloak covering most of her body.  I told her to stop and go back from where she came from, and she ignored me.  I told her again, and she walked right past me.  Since it was obvious she wasn?t going to listen to me, I tried to declare a spell card and force her back by?uh, force, but before I could, I got hit with?something.  I blacked out before I even hit the ground, and just woke up a few hours ago.?

When Youmu finished talking, Reimu, who had returned to her seat, picked up where she had left off. ?This morning, Yukari Yakumo came to the shrine to ask for our help.  Yuyuko, the princess of Hakugyokurou, and all of the spirits of the dead that were housed there had apparently gone missing.  She wanted our help to go track them down.  When we went to investigate, we discovered that someone had punched a hole in the boundary between the world of the Living and the Netherworld, and so while Yukari worked to fix it, Marisa and I went inside to look around.?

When Reimu stopped talking, Marisa started. ?Just like Yukari had said, there was nothing inside.  No spirits or anything.  Before we had managed to make it up to Hakugyokurou though, we ran into Youmu?s ghost half, who led us to her body.  We took her back here, and now here we are.?

Komachi closed her eyes and hummed thoughtfully as she took a sip of her tea.  As she was attempting to piece together the two stories into something comprehensible, the other three were trying to understand the implications of the two stories put together.

After a few minutes of silence, Komachi began to speak slowly. ?So, let us assume that people have not stopped dying all of the sudden.  Is that fair??  Seeing no opposition from the others around the table, she continued. ?If that is the case, that means that something is happening to the spirits of the dead before they can make it to the Higan.  Furthermore, something has happened to all the spirits of the dead in the Netherworld, considering the damaged barrier, most likely they?ve been taken somewhere in the world of the Living.?

?Alternatively,? Reimu spoke up after hearing Komachi?s theory, ?people actually have stopped dying.  The incident in Hakugyokurou is unrelated, and the fact they happened at the same time is just a coincidence.  Or, someone is using the spirits of the dead from Hakugyokurou somehow to keep people from dying here.?

?So?? Marisa asked in the silence that followed, ?which one is it??

???The first one??? Reimu, Komachi, and Youmu all answered at the same time.

?Preventing people from dying on such a wide scale isn?t practically possible,? Youmu was the first to offer a reason. ?For a few people, or maybe a small village, maybe.  Unlikely, but maybe.  But all of Gensokyo??

Komachi was the next to give her opinion.  ?And it?s not just humans, there are no Youkai spirits coming to the river either.  It is pretty unlikely that there could be a magic that would cure humans and youkai of death, at the same time, with no warning signs.?

?Someone was clearly able to punch a hole through the boundary into the Netherworld,? Reimu gave her opinion last, ?so it is more likely to assume they are exerting their control over the spirits of the dead than that everyone stopped dying for any reason.  What?s more, we have witness testimony of the culprit walking into Hakugyokurou and acting violently with no provocation.  The whole thing reeks of some sort of master plan.?

?And what?s the problem if the spirits of the dead are missing? I mean, obviously someone is going to be doing something bad with them and needs to be stopped, that?s just how Gensokyo works,? Marisa said, ?but is there any reason that it?s bad in and of itself??

Komachi tapped her bottom lip, humming thoughtfully. ?Well, for you guys, the problem would be that if no souls are leaving the world of the Living, no souls can return here from the other side.  As far as the Judges are concerned, if they don?t see any souls, then people must not be dying.  So, to maintain the balance, they need to put a hold on reincarnation until people start dying again.  If people actually are dying, and their souls just aren?t reaching the other side, then the population will continue to steadily decrease until the human and youkai populations are wiped out.  So, in short I guess, mass extinction.?

Marisa grimaced at Komachi?s matter-of-fact description of the worst case scenario. ?That?s?pretty bad, I suppose. So, what do we do about it then??

?Well, I for one, am going to head back to the river.  I only get a couple hours off a day, and if my boss catches me skimping out on work now of all days, I may not live to see the sun rise!? With that, Komachi stood up and grabbed her scythe from where she had put it earlier. ?Thanks for trading tales with me, kids.  I?ll let you know if we come up with anything interesting.?

Before anyone could say anything, Komachi smiled and waved, and as soon as she set a foot through the door, she vanished completely.

?So, the spirits of the dead should be somewhere in Gensokyo?? Marisa said almost to herself.

?And Lady Yuyuko will most likely be with them.?

?Then tomorrow, we go looking,? Reimu said as she stood up and made to leave the room.  ?But for now, I?m just going to bed.?



The next chapter is gonna be a biggy!  Over double the length of this one, and there may even be some space in it for an actual slumber party!  Look forward to it ;)

Esifex

  • Though the sun may set
  • *
  • It shall rise again
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #6 on: February 08, 2013, 11:02:29 PM »
Eagerly awaiting the pillow fight scene where Youmu uses Myon as her pillow

Nicely done, as with the second chapter, too!

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #7 on: February 09, 2013, 08:04:53 AM »
^ Might have to make a short interlude describing this event.  For now though, hopefully chapter 4 will suffice!



Chapter 4 ? The Evening Star

Despite the fact that the sun was shining brilliantly, the air was uncharacteristically cold.  Reimu, Marisa, and Youmu had long since left the Hakurei Shrine in search of any clues to the whereabouts of the missing ghost, and were even now soaring through the sky across Gensokyo.

The three girls had split up shortly after leaving the Shrine.  By their logic, being half-ghost meant Youmu would be fairly adept at detecting and finding other ghosts.  Reimu?s intuition rarely failed her, and so if she were able to pick up any hunches as to where the missing spirits of the dead would be, then it should be simple work for her to track them down.  Marisa had a penchant for the random, so her simply searching around at random would likely give her better results than attempting to reason out where the spirits were.  Therefore, with all three of them having widely different methods of searching, by splitting up they improved their chances of being successful threefold. Or so they were told.

After about half a day of searching with no luck, Marisa and Youmu happened to cross paths.  Without a word passing between them, it was clear to both of them that neither of the two had found a single hint as to where the missing spirits may be.  Even so, Marisa began flying alongside Youmu, abandoning her previous course of flight.  Youmu raised an eyebrow at her sudden change in direction, to which Marisa replied with a grin.

?I decided to follow Reimu?s lead, and see where my hunches lead me,? Marisa had to shout so that her voice would carry over the sound of the rushing wind caused by their flight.

?And what hunch would that be?? Youmu responded in an equally loud voice, wearing an unhappy expression.

?That you have the best odds of success? Marisa replied half-jokingly, to which Youmu shook her head and continued on her way.  Even though Marisa knew Youmu didn?t take to her less than serious disposition in the past, she couldn?t help but feel that she was acting a little less friendly today than usual.

I guess it can?t be helped, she thought idly to herself. After all, the girl had been through a lot.  She had been completely knocked out by a stranger without even the chance to fight back, her mistress was missing, and in all likelihood she thought it was all her fault.  Marisa thought this was silly, of course.  After all, even if Youmu had failed at her job of protecting her mistress, it was the fault of the attacker for attacking in the end, wasn?t it? However, despite feeling this way, Marisa still sympathized with Youmu?s situation.  A little bit at least.

As Marisa continued to idly think to herself, Youmu began to slow down, and fairly rapidly came to a complete stop.  Marisa came up to a stop beside her as Youmu was staring fixedly off in the distance, eyes wide.

?Found something?? Marisa asked, trying to see if she could discover what had made Youmu stop so suddenly.

Youmu pointed a finger in the direction she was looking. ?There?I can feel?from?there?? Her speech was barely more than a mutter, almost incomprehensible.  Marisa focused her attention on the spot where Youmu was pointing, and was instantly assailed by a surge of?something.

Taken aback, Marisa completely lost focus and almost fell from her broom.  As soon as she had looked away, the strange feeling had stopped, leaving her confused as to what had even happened.  After confirming the feeling was gone, she tried focusing on the point on the horizon once again, and was once again filled with the same sense as before.  This time, however, she was ready for it, and was able to withstand it long enough to feel what it was.

Though she couldn?t tell what was causing the sensation, or why it was only there when she focused on a very specific point in the distance, she could very much tell what the sensation was.  A feeling of intense dread, fear for her life.  The feeling that she needed to turn back, the feeling that she needed to go home, the feeling that if she continued this search, she wouldn?t live to see the sun set.

It was the same feeling of foreboding that was characteristic of the Netherworld, the sense of wrongness, that one didn?t belong. The same, except this was sharpened, very clear and direct, where the feeling in the Netherworld was more subtle, more of an atmosphere than a traceable sensation.

Marisa?s face broke into a broad smile. This is it, this was exactly what she had been looking for.  She turned to Youmu to ask what she thought, but seeing the dumbstruck look on the girl?s face, she decided instead to take off in the direction that feeling was coming from.  It took only a moment before she could see Youmu following her at top speed, the dumbstruck look on her face replaced by one of grim resolve.

Marisa, on the other hand, was practically laughing.  She had had no luck searching before, and though some might blame her for being lazy and just following Youmu around, she decided if her goal was to find the missing spirits, this was the method with the highest success chance.  And it had worked.

She didn?t know what was causing this feeling, who put it there, or why. She did know, however, that someone very clearly didn?t want others to approach.  For Marisa, that was practically an invitation.


-----------------


After about half an hour of flight, Marisa and Youmu could see Reimu standing beside someone else in the distance.  For some reason, Reimu had stopped short of the objective.  Marisa could feel that whatever was causing the sensation from earlier was immediately in front of them, maybe a few hundred meters in the direction she was flying, but despite the landscape being clearly visible, she could see nothing but an open, grassy plain.

As Marisa was trying to decide between meeting up with Reimu and pressing forward on her own, she noticed Reimu waving her down.

As Marisa landed beside Reimu, she recognized the person she was standing beside as one of Yukari?s Shikigami.  Without even a greeting, Reimu began speaking to Marisa.

?What do you see?? Reimu pointed ahead, into the open field in front of them.

?I don?t understand?it?s coming from here, so why is there nothing there?? Youmu, who had apparently landed behind Marisa, muttered quietly. She couldn?t tell if she was talking to herself, or attempting to provide an answer to Reimu?s question, but regardless of which it was, Marisa looked into the empty field before her.

There was nothing there.  Just grass, as far as the eye could see.  However, that bizarre feeling she had felt earlier was still coming from what seemed to be that empty plain.  Something with that much impact couldn?t be invisible, so whatever it was, it had to be hidden somehow.

Marisa cocked her head to the side slightly.  There was nothing in the field to hide behind or under, so either it was hidden underground, or was concealed by magic somehow.  While she could easily enough find something that was buried underground, she could check for magical concealment from where she was standing, so she decided to try that first.

Being a frequent trespasser in a place where the supernatural was commonplace, Marisa was fairly adept at spotting things that weren?t meant to be spotted.  Whether that was concealed goods or hidden traps, you had to have an eye for these things if you wanted to make it through in one piece considering the places she was going.  As such, it only took her a few seconds to find what she was looking for.

?Magically concealing things has a few quirks that are fairly easy to predict,? Marisa started on a seemingly random tangent to those around her.  ?There are generally two ways you can conceal something.  One, which is the most common, is to do it in such a way that if you aren?t specifically looking for something, your eyes will glide right over it.  If you don?t focus directly on the object that?s been concealed, you?ll never find it. However, if you do focus directly on it, it?s fairly easy to tell that there is something wrong, and the illusion won?t hold.?

?The other method is much less common.  Instead of protecting from glancing looks, it works only if you focus directly on it.  If you stare straight at it, you will be shown a crystal clear image of whatever the creator wants you to see, generally a scenery where the object you are looking for is absent.  However, if you relax your eyes, focus on nothing, and just gaze at the scenery itself??

Marisa paused as she heard a gasp from behind her.  Reimu looked out at the open field with a curious look, as if someone had just shown her a new solution to a puzzle she already knew the answer for. Ran, who Marisa hadn?t even known was paying attention, simply nodded at Marisa?s words, patiently listening to Marisa?s lecture on things she clearly already knew.

Despite the fact everyone had already noticed, Marisa decided to continue anyways.  ?If you lose your focus, you begin to catch distortions, ripples in the air, bizarre bending of the light.  Obvious clues that there is something there, despite not knowing what it is.  However, once you?ve found where the distortion is, it?s child?s play taking it apart.?

Sure enough, as Marisa, Youmu, and Reimu all applied this method to search the field in front of them, they could easily see waves of distortion floating in the air in front of them.  It wasn?t, however, the small concealed section that Marisa had expected.  Instead, it was like a giant dome, hundreds of feet in diameter, concealing the entirety of the plain in front of them.

?A rather clever trick,? Ran spoke up in the silence that followed. ?They applied an illusion that would only work if the observer focused intently on it, and then created a great enough mental disturbance that others would inevitably either turn back and leave or search fervently for the source, guaranteeing they fell for the trick.?

?If it?s this big, whatever they are trying to hide must be huge?? Marisa spoke mostly to herself, though she received nods of agreement from the three others standing around her.

Ran, whose hands had been tucked into her sleeves, lifted her right hand in front of her holding a talisman with the imprint of a purple butterfly on one side, and a black butterfly on the other.

?That looks like something Yukari would use.  Are you using her magic for this?? Marisa didn?t know why the question seemed relevant, but decided it was better to get the question off her chest than to let it bug her later.

?My abilities are sufficient to take down an illusion like this,? Ran responded, ?But my Mistress insisted, and it is not my place to question her.?
?Then let me.  Why are you here and not her? Didn?t she have a very personal interest in this search??

Ran gave Marisa a patient look, as if she was tolerating the questions of a small child.  ?My Mistress ordered me to come here and assist Miss Hakurei and her friends with the task at hand.  Seeing that the search led to the point furthest from the edges of the Hakurei Border, she is investigating whether the Border itself has been tampered with.?

Marisa let out a thoughtful hum.  She hadn?t thought about it earlier, but now that she mapped out the location in her head, she noticed it was just like Ran had said.  The field in front of them marked the exact middle of Gensokyo, the place furthest from every edge of the Great Hakurei Border.  Naturally, expecting that to be a coincidence was foolish, so it wasn?t surprising the Yukari had gone to make sure that the Border itself wasn?t being messed with.

Seeing Marisa understood, Ran turned back to the illusionary dome in front of her.  ?Now that everyone is here, I am going to bring down the illusion.  Whoever made it will likely not appreciate that, and if the story I heard of what happened in Hakugyokurou is any indication, things may turn violent quickly.  Please prepare yourselves.?

As Ran prepared the spell Yukari had made for her, the three girls tensed up.  Reimu floated a few feet into the air and drew a handful of talismans from her sleeves.  Marisa sat back onto her broom, floating a couple feet off the ground, and put a hand on the mini-hakkero in her pocket.  Youmu sank into a ready stance and drew the longer of her two swords.

Without so much as moving a finger, the talisman in Ran?s right hand flew forward and embedded itself into the illusionary dome in front of them.  The talisman turned downwards, so that it was lying flat on the surface of the dome, and once it had settled, the butterfly imprint began to glow with a faint violet light.  After a few seconds, the dome began to ?crack.?  Though there wasn?t actually anything there in the first place, it looked as if the air itself was cracking open, and seeping through those cracks was a deep, violet light the same shade that Yukari?s talisman was giving off.

The cracks spread slowly outward from the talisman at first, but as they covered more area they began to spread out far more rapidly.  Over the course of about three minutes, the entire dome had been completely riddled with these cracks bleeding violet light, giving the impression that the light itself was forming a wiry cage around the field.

Once the cracks had stopped spreading, the talisman flipped over, showing a black butterfly.  As soon as it did so, the violet light seeping through the cracks in the dome instantly changed colour to white, and with the sound of glass shattering, the dome exploded outwards.

Pieces of broken, fragmented magic scattered, glimmering brightly as they dissolved into the air.  It was quite the spectacle, with the entire field being filled with these glittering fragments of broken magic.  It was almost as if the entire field was being filled with shining snow.  However, as the fragments of light cleared, all four observers stood in shocked amazement at what the illusionary dome had been hiding.

In the exact middle of the field stood an immense, jet black tower.  It looked to be made out of some sort of black glass, and somehow didn?t look quite real.  The tower was roughly square shaped, approximately ten feet across at the base, with no indications it was narrowing as it got higher.  The tower itself looked to be still under construction, the top of the 15 foot tall structure being covered with jagged, broken edges.

Circling in the air around and above the unfinished tower were countless wispy motes, easily identified by all four of the observers as spirits of the dead.  The sheer number of them was mind boggling.  Every single one of them, numbering in the high thousands, whirled around the tower chaotically, with no apparent pattern.  As the spirits drew closer to the top of the tower, they could be seen being absorbed into the strange black glass.  As they did, the tower grew ever upwards.

Floating perhaps 50 feet in the air above the top of the tower was Yuyuko.  From this distance, she could only be recognized by her clothes, and they could only tell that she was floating there motionless.  Standing in front of the tower, looking in their direction, was someone they didn?t recognize.  She wore a black cloak that was wrapped around her, concealing the entirety of her body, and had her hood drawn back giving a clear view of her head.  Her hair was the same colour as the tower behind her, a glassy black that didn?t really look possible.

?Let?s go.? Reimu began to float forwards at a tense, careful pace, and after a few moments the others began to follow her in.  There was no need to warn each other to be careful.  The situation around them provided warning enough.  All four of them approached the cloaked figure cautiously, on edge more than ever before.

It was a confusing feeling.  Reimu?s job required dealing with immensely powerful Youkai on a daily basis, and Marisa often either tagged along or attempted to race her to the goal.  She had gone to the Netherworld itself in search of Spring, confronted aliens with the power to steal the moon, argued with the Judge of the Dead, fought with a foreign god, and beaten down a hell raven with the power to scorch the surface world bare.  And yet, not a single one of these experiences had brought out the same sense of apprehension as this one.

Despite the tension the four felt, the stranger before them stood silently, watching them approach.  Landing on the ground in front of her, they each inspected the stranger, attempting to figure out anything they could.  Her strangely coloured hair rested on her shoulders, not quite reaching her chest.  Her skin was slightly pale, though not unnaturally so, and her eyes were a deep violet.

As Reimu?s group stood uneasily, the stranger threw the cloak she was wearing wide, and with a flourish, bowed lightly to them.  ?Welcome, to my Kokugyokurou.?

Reimu stood, still on guard, facing down the stranger.  Youmu raised an eyebrow at the all too familiar sounding name, Ran stood completely expressionless, hands once again tucked into her sleeves, and Marisa looked cautiously at Reimu, wondering what she would do next.

?Who are you?? Reimu?s first question was fairly predictable, and as she asked it the stranger stood from her bow.  Now that she had thrown her cloak back, they could all see she was wearing a plain, unadorned, yet somehow still ornate looking one-piece dress.  It came down to just above her ankles, and its sleeves ended in fingerless gloves.  Around her neck she wore a valuable looking necklace, adorned with a variety of precious gems.

With a pleasant smile, the stranger replied, gesturing behind her. ?That?s a fairly complicated question, and as you can see, I?m a little busy to be spending the time answering it.?

?Don?t even have the time to tell us your name, huh?? Marisa couldn?t help but speak out, despite the tension that all of them felt.

?Name? Hm, yes, I suppose it is common for people like you to bear names.  Such a weak mind that requires a name in order to identify a person, but I suppose for your sakes I could adopt one.  I will let you know when I have picked one out, so until then I apologize if you have difficulty remembering who I am.?

Marisa felt like the stranger was trying to insult her, but what she was saying was too weird to even be considered an insult.  Before she could mention anything further on the subject, however, Reimu spoke up again.

?So, this is all your doing then? The breaking of the boundary between here and the Netherworld, and the kidnapping of the souls of the dead??

?Ah, yes.  I apologize if I?ve inconvenienced you, but sometimes you just have to do what has to be done.?
?Stop it.?
?No.?

Reimu and the stranger stared at each other.  Reimu?s face bore an unpleasant, borderline angry expression, while the stranger continued to smile in a manner that was starting to look less pleasant and more condescending.

Reimu tried once again. ?Stop it now, or else we will stop you by force.?
?No means no.  This work is necessary, whether you?d like to believe so or not.?
?Alright then, force it is.  You guys, back away.  You, three spell cards.  If I win, you give this up. If you win, you can continue as you are.?

As the other three began to back away, they stopped upon hearing the stranger?s voice again. ?Spell card? What on earth is a spell card??

As Reimu let out a sigh, the tension in the atmosphere loosened slightly.  If this person didn?t know what Spell Cards were, they were clearly from somewhere outside of the Hakurei Border, and with almost no experience in dodging danmaku, Marisa was instantly convinced that the stranger wouldn?t have even the slightest chance of beating Reimu.  As far as she was concerned, this incident was as good as solved.

?In Gensokyo, we use a Spell Card system to resolve disputes.  It allows for nonlethal, safe combat in order to settle a dispute.  Each participant designs patterns of bullets to fire at their opponent, which they must dodge.  If they get hit by a single bullet, they lose the exchange.  The match continues until there is a clear victor.  It?s a bit of an abbreviated explanation, but it should be good enough for now.  So, get ready.?

Tilting her head to the side slightly and placing a forefinger on her chin, the stranger asked another question. ?And why, pray tell, would one subject themselves to such a game in which the weak might triumph??

Reimu?s eyebrow twitched at the question. ?That?s the whole point of the system.  It?s so that disputes can be resolved by a test of skill, rather than a test of raw power.  It?s also for the protection of the participants, so that they can fight with anyone without fear of their opponent killing them for it.?

The stranger clasped her hands in front of her. ?Ah, I see.  A system designed to shelter the weak in a world full of the strong.  I imagine the system functions mostly with pride at its core, yes??

Reimu nodded, seemingly content that the stranger had accepted her explanation. As she made to pull out the three spell cards of her choice, she was interrupted once again by the stranger?s voice.

?Unfortunately, I have no such pride to defend, and no desire to put the fate of my plans in the hands of your silly little game.  If that is all you came here for, please leave now. I have much work to do.?

As the stranger turned to leave, Reimu hurled three of her trademark talismans at her back.  The stranger had no chance to react.  At such a short range, there was no way Reimu would have missed, and before she had even taken a full step, the talismans plunged into the back of their unsuspecting target?and fell to the ground.

Turning slowly, the stranger once again locked eyes with Reimu, who stood masking her surprise at the ineffectiveness of her attack.  Of course, those talismans weren?t particularly strong as far as Reimu?s attacks were concerned, but she had at least expected her opponent to get knocked away if it was a surprise attack. Or at least flinch.

The stranger?s expression no longer bore the smile it had earlier.  Instead, her face was expressionless, masking any emotion she may have felt at what she probably thought was a surprise attack.

?You know, I had fully intended to let you leave here safely in respect of your civility.  However, I have no aversion to violence, so if that is what you really want, then I have no inhibitions to killing you.?

As she finished speaking, something dark and snakelike fired from within her cloak straight for Reimu.  Reimu rapidly dodged upwards and backwards, easily dodging the straight line attack.  The black shadow quickly turned from its path and arced backwards towards Reimu, pursuing her as she flew ever upward.  As Reimu threw two talismans downward, forming a shield to block the black stream, the earth around the stranger exploded, and chunks of rock flew upwards towards the shrine maiden.

The black stream hit the talisman shield head on, stopping dead.  As it withered and faded, the chunks of rock crashed through the shield, breaking it into pieces.  Reimu, anticipating the attack, had already dodged from the path of the rocks, and had apparently managed to pull out her gohei from somewhere in her outfit. Clasping the wooden object between her hands, she announced the name of her spell.

?Dream Sign: Evil Sealing Circle?

As Reimu finished speaking, hundreds of talismans fired from the air around her into the ground around the stranger.  The talismans began to give off a blue light, and magical lightning began to arc between them.  The lightning formed a complicated array, looking like some sort of ritualistic magic circle, with the stranger at the center.

At this point, Marisa, Youmu, and Ran had backed far enough away that they wouldn?t get in the way of Reimu?s fight, but could jump in and help if for some reason it was necessary.  Most people wouldn?t have known, but since Marisa had been friends with Reimu for so long, she knew what was happening.  Situations of people breaking the Spell Card Rules in Gensokyo were incredibly rare, but it did happen every once in a while.  When it did, Reimu herself acted as the source of divine retribution; without a shred of mercy, she would bring the offender down with all her might, unafraid of taking their lives if that?s what it took.  It had never devolved into a situation in which she had to kill her opponent, they had always surrendered long before that point, but Reimu?s power had never once been outmatched in a battle outside the Spell Card Rules.

Though the spell Reimu had just used shared a name with one of her Spell Cards, Marisa was one of the few who knew that Reimu had named many of her spell cards off of actual magic designed for youkai extermination.  As such, the magic she was using now was not a fancy pattern designed to make the opponent dodge: it was an exorcist?s spell, used to seal in the power of a youkai.  Within the center of that circle, even the greatest of youkai would lose all power.  The greater the power of the youkai, the greater the effect: A weak youkai would just lose their supernatural abilities; a strong youkai would be unable to even move while within the circle, and once they got to the level of Yukari Yakumo or Yuka Kazami, simply staying within the circle would slowly kill them.

The stranger stood in the middle of the circle, still motionless, still expressionless.  After seeing Reimu had finished with her attack, she tilted her head, as if confused at something.

Without moving from her spot in the air, Reimu called out. ?It?s over for you now that you?re in that circle.  Give up now, and we can end this without anyone getting hurt.?

At Reimu?s declaration, a look of understanding passed over the stranger?s face.  A look that to Marisa said, Ah, so that?s why you stopped your attack. You thought this was over. Pointing a finger to the closest edge of the circle in front of her, she muttered something that none of them should have been able to hear.

Break.

This one word surged out of the stranger like a tidal wave.  Despite the fact that none of them could physically hear the word, they all felt and understood exactly what had been said, felt it echo down to the core of their being.  While Marisa was still attempting to overcome the shock of the power with which the stranger had managed to utter that one word, the sealing circle Reimu had set up around her convulsed and exploded outwards.

Never once had Marisa seen someone able to break out of Reimu?s true circle.  And this person had done it just by saying a single word.

As the onlookers watched in shock, the stranger pointed her finger at the stunned Reimu and spoke again.

Fall.

With the same impact that they had felt before, like a silent shockwave rolling over them, they felt the next word pass through them.  As it did so, Reimu plummeted from the sky as if she were suddenly made of lead, landing hard on the ground.  Instinctively, Marisa could tell that Reimu couldn?t even stand up.  That was the power that the stranger?s word had held.

Marisa felt herself being filled with panic as a stone spear, roughly 10 feet long, rose from the ground behind the stranger and pointed at Reimu.  She spoke again, and even though it didn?t carry the power that her previous words had, the sound of her voice still sent chills down Marisa?s spine.

?Die.?

As she spoke, Marisa burst into action.  Rocketing towards the stranger as fast as she could manage, she tore the mini-hakkero from her pocket and began filling it with energy.  Even as she did so, the stone spear launched itself towards Reimu at lightning speed, and Marisa?s heart leapt into her mouth at the realization that she wasn?t going to make it in time.

A split second before the spear impaled Reimu, a flash of silver light crashed into the side of it, sending it careening off course, and it plunged into the ground three feet from Reimu?s immobile body.  Standing in front of her was Youmu, sword bared, readying herself for the next attack.  There was no time to marvel at how Youmu had managed to knock away the spear at the very last instant, however.  Marisa felt awash in relief as she turned back towards the stranger, who still hadn?t moved from where she stood.

Without a word, Marisa emptied the mini-hakkero into a tight beam in front of her.  Connecting solidly with the ground a few feet away from the stranger, the resulting explosion threw chunks of earth and clouds of dust into the air, obscuring the stranger from view.  More importantly, however, it obscured her view of them.

After only a few seconds, a sudden tempestuous wind blew through the field, tearing away the clouds of dust.  The stranger stood, expectedly unscathed, but was now facing directly at Ran, who had positioned herself between Reimu and the stranger.  In Ran?s hands was a ball of blue and red light, swirling together.  Less than a second after the dust had cleared, Ran unleashed the ball of light at the stranger in the form of a laser, cutting through the air towards her.

It was amazing how fluid their teamwork felt.  Without even a word, Youmu had deflected the shot at Reimu, Marisa had created a perfect distraction, and Ran had used the opportunity to set up and unleash an attack at the perfect opportunity.  In the back of her mind, Marisa wondered at what must have been Ran?s power.  She had heard rumors from various people who had met her that her specialty was in the use of Shikigami, but she never really understood what that meant.  Now, that was perfectly clear.

Youmu and Marisa were anything but Ran?s shikigami, yet simply being in her presence heightened their teamwork ability.  Was the whole situation being orchestrated by Ran, or did her power just put them all on the same wavelength? At this point, Marisa didn?t much care, so long as it worked in their favour.

As Ran?s laser cut across the stranger?s body, however, it stopped short of its target.  As it swung from her left leg to her right shoulder, it etched only into the air in front of her, as if she was in some sort of protective sphere.

Seeing the attack was ineffective, Ran immediately lunged backwards, landing beside Reimu?s fallen body.  As she did so, Youmu?s ghost half materialized into a ghostly version of herself, and they both charged forward.  Meanwhile, Marisa launched herself further into the air, dumping energy into the mini-hakkero.  Last time, she was firing a distraction.  This time, she was going all in.

As Marisa charged her attack, she watched Youmu and her ghostly clone dance around the stranger.  With a magnificent display of skill, Youmu and her ghost attacked with their swords, slashing, cutting, stabbing at every opening.  However, no matter quickly they struck, no matter how big an opening the stranger left for them to take advantage of, their attacks never landed.  The stranger gracefully stepped around every single one of their attacks, always just a hair?s breadth out of range, as if the entire exchange had been choreographed and rehearsed a hundred times.  When Youmu and her ghost half ended up on opposite sides of the stranger, she lifted her hands, one palm facing each swordsman.  Without even a word, Youmu and her ghost half were thrown back as if they were paper being blown away by the wind.

But it was enough.  As soon as Youmu was knocked away, Marisa released her fully charged hakkero in a wide beam that eliminated the possibility of dodging.  After the energy she had poured into the hakkero had emptied out into a sort of tracer beam, the elemental furnace roared to life, firing a beam of heavily concentrated magical energy at the stranger.  She was engulfed in the magical energy, and the shockwave of the attack hitting the ground around her sent another cloud of dirt and dust into the air around the target of the attack.

Marisa growled in frustration as she saw that the stranger was somehow completely unfazed by the attack.  If she had been sitting at home, comfortably sipping some tea and reading a book, she might have been able to analyze the situation and determine why a full powered Master Spark had had absolutely no effect on the target, but in the heat of battle and under the influence of Ran?s teamwork influencing capabilities, she had no time to think things through.  However, even as she dropped to ground level a fair distance away, she saw Ran once again in the air behind the stranger, throwing a talisman at her unprotected back.

Before the talisman had even made it halfway to its target, it flashed with a white light and disappeared into thin air.  As it did so, dozens of white lights appeared in the air around where it had disappeared, and from each light an ornate knife fired towards the stranger.  Each one was aimed to hit her directly, however as they reached the target, they suddenly veered off course and plunged into the ground around her.  Dozens of knives embedded themselves in the ground in a circle around the stranger as she turned to look at Ran, who was dropping downwards and backwards in anticipation of the stranger?s retaliation.

But before she had the chance to retaliate, Reimu ? who had apparently managed to stand up ? ran towards her from the opposite direction and leapt over her head.  Flipping so that she was perfectly upside down over top of the stranger, she hurled handfuls of talismans into the air around her, seemingly towards the ground.  Like bullets ricocheting off of metal, the talismans seemed to strike an invisible wall and were reflected back towards the stranger.  As Reimu landed on the other side of her, she turned in time to see every single talisman she had thrown stop dead in the air around the stranger, once again as if she was standing in some sort of protective sphere.

As if she was shaking water off of her hand, the stranger flicked her wrist and the talismans stuck in the air around her were blown away.  Before she could move again, however, the sound of rushing wind filled the area, and time seemed to slow.  With the sharp sound of steel cutting through air, Marisa could barely see out of the corner of her eye Youmu diving towards the stranger, sword drawn.  Moving faster than Marisa thought was physically possible, she lunged and slashed at the stranger, aiming to cut her in half at the waist?

?and, without even turning around, the stranger deftly caught the blade in one hand.  As everything came to a stop, and the sonic boom caused by Youmu?s intense speed washed over everyone, the fight seemed to come to a halt.  The illusion lasted only for a second though, as the stranger finally made her next move.

Without any word or movement, Youmu was thrown backwards almost as fast as she had lunged forwards.  This time, however, instead of being thrown off into the distance, a slab of rock rose from the ground behind her.  With a sickening thud, Youmu crashed into the stone slab, and fell to the ground like a marionette whose strings had been cut.

Marisa?s mind raced, trying to think of a magic she could use that would be effective where her Master Spark had failed.  As the options came up, she rapidly shot them down as either too dangerous for the others around her, or too similar to Master Spark to work.  As she attempted to come to a solution, the ground under Reimu?s feet tore open, as if to swallow her whole.  Though she was taken off guard, Reimu gracefully flipped backwards and up into the air.  Behind her, Ran stood, the air around her crystallizing in fist-sized diamonds.  After about a dozen had formed, they all turned so that their pointed ends were aimed at the stranger, and fired.

Just like the knives earlier, the projectiles all veered off course at the last possible moment, each coming painfully close to the target, yet none making contact.  As the last projectile cleared her, the stranger raised her right hand into the air.  As she did so, the ground beneath Ran?s feet exploded with a burst of what Marisa could only guess was air pressure, flinging Ran twenty feet up into the air.  The stranger then balled her upraised hand into a fist and brought it down hard.  In timing with her actions, the air above the stunned Ran contorted and compacted into a solid and hammered down into her, ramming her into the ground.

As soon as Ran hit the ground, Marisa felt the feeling of fluidity in their actions dissipate.  The analytical approach to fighting ? which she hadn?t noticed until just now was foreign to her ? fled from her, and she prepared her next attack at the same time Reimu did.  As wound up to throw a handful of talismans at the stranger, a bolt of crisp white lightning arced from the clear blue sky overhead and struck her.  With a look of shocked surprise, Reimu fell motionless to the ground below, landing hard on what was thankfully soft ground.

At the same time this happened, Marisa unleashed her attack.  A wave of glittering stars filled the air, and suddenly she was the center of a galaxy.  Spinning out widely and rapidly, the stars formed spiralling walls enclosing the stranger, restricting her movement.  As they did so, four bright white comets arced out from Marisa, dancing between the stars that had already been released and throwing off stars of their own.  After a few seconds, the comets turned from their pre-set paths and arced towards the stranger.

The stranger turned to look Marisa in the eye as she dropped her hands to her sides.  Moments before the four comets impacted into her, a stone barrier rose from the ground at her feet, sheathing her in solid rock.  The comets impacted into the rock with a burst, and as they did all of the stars from in the air around them stopped in their paths and turned, firing directly at her like hundreds of bullets.

As the light and dust given off by the attack cleared, Marisa shot up into the air and began charging the hakkero once more.  As she had expected, the stone sheath had held, and only after the attack had ended did it crack apart, revealing the unharmed woman within.  Unexpectedly, however, once the stone sheath broke apart, the stranger launched into the air, coming level with Marisa.

After this many uses, the hakkero was warmed up enough that subsequent firings would be much quicker than before.  As she aimed the hakkero at the stranger, she saw her raise her right hand at point at her.  Marisa didn?t know what was about to happen, but she knew that their fight was now a race: whoever got their attack off first would undoubtedly win.

Marisa focused all of the energy from within the hakkero into a thin beam, as thin as possible, aimed directly at the stranger.  Her previous attack hadn?t worked because it spread the damage out over a large distance compared to the size of the target.  If she tightened the scope of the attack, she might be able to get enough force to punch through whatever defense she was using.

Marisa let out a shout as she fired her attack.  She had never fired such a focused Master Spark, and she had never put so much power behind one.  Of course, that was to be expected; she had never fired a Master Spark before under conditions where if she failed to kill her target, she would die herself.  In the end, however, she didn?t know what kind of destructive force lay behind her attack, and could only hope that it would be enough.

She was never able to find out, though.  While the beam of light fired from the hakkero, time seemed to slow.  Shadows arced out from within the stranger?s cloak, in four distinct, translucent bands.  Two of the bands arced sharply in front of her, and the beam of light collided squarely with the point where the two bands of shadow overlapped.  The impact split the beam of light into three directions, all missing the stranger by a wide margin.

The other two bands of shadow launched straight for Marisa.  Though they were quick, they were not as quick as the first two, giving Marisa a split second to maneuver.  Dropping the still-firing hakkero, Marisa hurled herself backwards to give her more room to dodge.  As she did so, the two bands of shadow split into dozens of smaller threads. The needle-like shadows fanned out in a wide arc, guaranteeing that any direction Marisa fled in would be covered.  Instinctively, Marisa flew backwards faster, attempting to allow the shadows to fan out wide enough that she could slip between them.

For a single instant, the shadows all stopped dead still in the middle of the air.  In the time it took Marisa to cover three feet while flying backwards, the shadows all turned from their paths directly towards her and accelerated.  The five feet that had been between Marisa and the shadows was covered  before she could even blink, and Marisa felt numerous sharp, stinging pains as the dozens of needles impaled her all over her body and drove her into the ground.

Landing hard on her back, Marisa had the wind knocked out of her before she could even let loose a cry of pain from being hit by the shadows in the first place.  Try as she might, she couldn?t move.  Her vision was going dark, and the shadows still pinned her to the ground.  She heaved with all her might, but she couldn?t get her lungs to draw breath.  She gave everything she had left, but couldn?t get a shred of magical energy to leave her fingertips.  She mouthed a curse as her vision got darker and darker, and only had time to wonder why she wasn?t bleeding after being impaled so many times before she finally blacked out.
   


Is this the end for our trio of ghost hunters? Find out next time!

The next chapter will wrap up the first of three major plot arcs.  I don't have a whole lot to say about the upcoming story other than that, so look forward to it :)


As an aside, for those who may be less fluent in Japanese (or in the case that what I've done is unintelligible in the first place 8D), a little side note on the name 'Kokugyokurou.'  You most likely will have noticed that it is very similar to the name 'Hakugyokurou,' which is written in Japanese as 白玉楼.  These characters literally translate as 'Tower of White Jade.'  In my attempt to be clever the stranger's attempt to be ironic, she named the place she comandeered 'Kokugyokurou,' which would use the Japanese characters 黒玉楼, literally meaning 'Tower of Black Jade.'  Just for fun!

Also, anyone that is able to guess figure out the stranger's specific ability before the story reveals it wins a cookie.  The only hint I'll give you is that everything you see her do during this chapter is a direct result of her putting that one ability to use.  I somewhat doubt you'll be able to figure it out from just this chapter, but maybe future chapters will provide you with a bit more insight :)

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #8 on: February 14, 2013, 02:09:40 AM »
In celebration of 200 thread views, Chapter 5!



Chapter 5 ? Sunset Strategy Meeting

The blackness was suddenly pierced by an enormous light.  The body of the lifeless girl was shaken by an intense tremor, and when it stilled, her eyes snapped open.

Marisa awoke to a brutal headache and an overly exaggerated coughing fit.  The pain in her head caused her memory to be foggy, giving her difficulty remembering where she was or how she got there.  Holding her head and wincing, she stumbled to her feet, struggling to maintain her balance.

After a few deep breaths, the headache began to subside, and Marisa began to take in her surroundings.  It seemed somehow she had been lying on the grounds of the Hakurei Shrine, though she had no idea why she would be-

Suddenly, her foggy memory snapped into focus.  Her eyes went wide with shock, and she immediately began checking herself for injuries.  A brief search of her person just brought the confusion of earlier back.  She remembered very clearly now the fight with that strange woman ? youkai? Must have been ? and most of all she remembered getting utterly destroyed by her.  But, no matter how she checked or inspected herself, there were no signs of any injury anywhere.

?Weird?I could swear I got stabbed an awful lot right at the end there?? Contrary to her memory, however, not even her clothes showed any signs of damage.  Looking around, she found her trusty broom had been lying on the ground beside her, and even the mini-hakkero she had dropped near the end of the fight was resting snugly in her pocket.  Briefly, she considered the notion that it had all been a dream, but immediately dismissed the idea.  Her memory of the event was too stark, and considering she was in Gensokyo, no matter how jarring the discrepancy was between her memory and the present situation, nothing was out of the question.

As Marisa turned to walk towards the shrine she was pulled from her thoughts as she saw that she wasn?t alone.  Lying on the ground on the other side of the clearing the shrine was situated in was none other than Reimu, sprawled haphazardly and motionless as a stone.
   
Snatching up her broom, Marisa jogged her way over to the fallen shrine maiden, somewhat startled at how little she was worried about her condition.  It wasn?t like she didn?t care whether she was alright, but she had this nagging feeling that if she herself was fine, then Reimu must be fine as well.  Despite the lifeless look in Reimu?s eyes, Marisa still didn?t feel any tension.  Using her foot, she gave Reimu a light poke in the ribs, and sure enough, as soon as she did so the shrine maiden?s eyes flutered into liveliness. Followed shortly by an intense coughing fit and some mild curses about a headache she apparently had.
   
After a bit more groaning and rolling on the ground, Reimu finally took a deep breath and sat up.  Still holding a hand to the side of her head, she began to mutter in a stupor.  ??What?happened???
   
?We won, Gensokyo is saved,? Marisa replied to the rhetorical question as monotone and deadpanned as she could manage.  At this, Reimu seemed snap out of her grogginess, replacing it with an unpleasant, sidelong glare.
   
?Aside from the obvious, you ok??
With a sigh, Reimu nodded and got up to her feet. ?The others??
?Haven?t seen them yet.  I just got up myself.  Shall we go take a look??
??I?ll pass.  I?m going to go inside and get us something to drink.  I presume you feel as terribly as I do, so some tea would probably do us good.?
?Alright, I?ll go take a look around and wake up the others.?

Reimu nodded to Marisa once more and trudged off into the shrine.  Marisa hadn?t thought about it earlier, but like Reimu suggested, she did feel pretty awful.  It had started as just a headache and some confusion, but it was developing into a rather strong sense of nausea, and she started yearning to just sit down and take a break for a bit.
   
Shaking her head vigorously to get herself to focus ? which ended up being a mistake, seeing as how it inflamed her previously dulling headache ? Marisa started a slow walk around the shrine grounds, reasoning that since the two of them had appeared here, the other two might have as well.  As she considered whether it was more likely for them to show up here or at their own homes, she found Youmu lying sprawled behind the shrine, out of sight of both the places Reimu and Marisa had been lying.
   
In short order, Marisa had Youmu awake and heading into the shrine to rest while she continued to search the perimeter of the shrine for signs of Ran.  It came as somewhat of a shock to her when she realized she had circled the shrine twice and hadn?t seen her yet.  A quick float into the air confirmed she wasn?t on the roof of the shrine, so Marisa went to check if she was inside.
   
When a search of the interior of the shrine yielded similar results, Marisa decided to go take a look outside again, but was forced to stop herself due to the mounting nausea in her stomach.  Instead, she headed back into the shrine and sat with Youmu and Reimu, who had already begun drinking their tea.
   
?So I checked all around the outside, the roof, and all the rooms inside the shrine, and I didn?t see Ran.?  At Marisa?s announcement, the other two stopped and looked at her as if she was crazy.
   
?What do you mean, you didn?t see her?? Reimu was the first to respond.
?I mean, she wasn?t there.  Either she didn?t appear here with us or she woke up before us and left.?
?Well, I can tell you it is definitely not the latter.?
   
The room turned to look at the doorway as Yukari strode in, her usual mask of a facial expression marred with exhaustion.  They watched silently as, for the first time in either of the three?s memories, she walked into the room and sat at the table with the rest of them, at the fourth spot that had been set up for Ran.
   
?What makes you say that?? Marisa spoke up after it became apparent that Yukari wasn?t planning on volunteering any more information.  Closing her eyes and sipping the tea in front of her, Yukari responded with a tired voice, not bothering to open her eyes again.
   
?As my shikigami, I can feel a connection to her.  I have a general sense of where she is, and her current state of health.  Right now, I can?t feel her at all.?  Yukari paused, whether for dramatic effect as she often did, or to actually just take a sip of her tea, before continuing. ?Before you all go and write her off, there are a few explanations for why that might be the case.?
   
?That?s true,? Youmu offered, ?someone may just be interfering with your link to her.  Or possibly your contract with her was broken somehow.?
   
Yukari finally opened her eyes, though she didn?t seem to be looking at anything in particular. ?Of course, the possibility she has passed away can?t be ruled out. But for now, jumping to conclusions will help no one.  I was planning on having her explain the situation to me, but obviously that is no longer possible.  Would you three be so kind??
   
Marisa, Reimu, and Youmu all exchanged looks, neither of them wanting to explain the rather violent encounter that had occurred.  When none of them spoke up, Yukari tried to egg them on.
   
?I know up until the point where you were outside that illusionary dome. That?s when I sent Ran to help you three out, since I wanted to go check on the Barrier.  What happened after that??
   
Uneasily, Youmu began to explain the situation.  ?Well?Ran brought down the illusionary dome, and we all went inside.  The first thing I noticed was in the middle of the clearing was a big, black tower that looked like it was still being built.  Around it was floating the spirits from Hakugyokurou, and above it Lady Yuyuko was hovering there.  It looked like she was controlling the spirits around the tower.?
   
?It looked to me like the spirits were somehow being fused into the tower,? Reimu offered. ?Every time a spirit came close to the tower, it got absorbed, and the tower got a little taller.?  Yukari nodded impassively at the description of the tower, not saying anything.  When she saw that she wasn?t going to ask any questions, Marisa picked up where the other two had left off.
   
?In front of the tower was someone I had never seen before.  She wore mostly black, and had shoulder length hair that was a really strange colour that made it look like black glass.?
   
?Any other unique characteristics??
   
Marisa hummed thoughtfully as she tried to remember the stranger?s appearance.  ?I think she had a necklace of some sort?it was made of what looked like silver, with a bunch of jewels built into it.?
   
Yukari?s eyes suddenly tightened.  ?Do you remember what the jewels were??
   
Marisa scratched her head, trying best to remember, but she hadn?t really spent a lot of time looking at it.  When none of the three could supply an answer to Yukari?s question, she told them to forget it and continue.

   
?She started by saying something really pretentious, like ?welcome to Kokugyokurou? or something. When we told her to stop what she was doing, she refused to stop, and refused to battle with the Spell Card Rules.  She then attacked us?? Reimu grimaced as she continued, ?and?we got completely trashed.?
   
When Yukari gave Reimu a flat, unsatisfied look, she continued. ?Nothing we did had any effect.  Most of our attacks would move out of the way so they wouldn?t hit her.  Anything that made contact had no effect.  At the same time, she was attacking us in all sorts of weird ways.  Chunks of rock would leap out of the ground at us, her shadow would move and attack us on its own, and whenever she said anything, it happened.  At one point, she told me to fall, and I couldn?t even move until she had forgotten about me and started fighting with someone else.?
   
?One by one she knocked us all out,? Marisa continued when Reimu stopped talking, ?and the next thing I knew I was lying on the ground outside the shrine here.  I woke up Reimu and Youmu, couldn?t find Ran, and now here we are.?
   
Yukari gave each of the girls a long, appraising look before going back to drink her tea.  As the seconds of silence turned to minutes of silence, the three girls sitting uneasily watching Yukari and Yukari sitting with eyes closed, occasionally taking a sip from her tea, all three of the girls were beset by the sudden urge to consider the implications of the situation they had found themselves in.
   
They had met someone they didn?t know, and that person refused to follow the Spell Card rules.  It wasn?t a common occurrence, but it had happened a few times before.  Typically, all it took was a good thrashing from Reimu and they would see the error of their ways.  This time, however, Reimu, Marisa, Youmu, and Ran all teamed up against the offender and couldn?t even lay a finger on her.  Someone with that kind of power, roaming free with no regard to the rules, could only be bad news.
   
Furthermore, they had found Yuyuko.  However, despite finding her, they hadn?t managed to actually find anything out.  Was she being held hostage?  Was she there of her own free will?  Was she working for this stranger, or was she being used?  What was going on there anyways?  Of all the questions they had gone in with, the only one that had been answered was her location.
   
To make matters worse, Ran was now missing.  They had no idea if she was alive or not, and for all they knew she might now be being controlled by this stranger.  In the end, it just added another item to the list of things that hadn?t worked out.
   
While everyone else was still mulling over the situation, Reimu broke the silence.  ?So what do you think, Yukari??
   
Yukari slowly opened her eyes and looked Reimu straight on.  The exhaustion so apparent on her face combined with her expression being so serious didn?t help to comfort anyone around the table.  After a few more seconds of uncomfortable silence, Yukari finally spoke.
   
?We don?t know enough.  I can?t say anything about what is going on or what would be the most effective solution.?
   
Reimu flopped down on the table in front of her, sighing in frustration.  Youmu sat motionless and expressionless, while Marisa just gave a weak smile.  Unfortunately, that was the answer all three of them had been expecting.  If anyone could have figured out what was going on, it would have been Yukari, but the fact that she couldn?t get a handle on what was going on meant that there was almost no chance any of them would figure it out.  At least not without a little more digging.
   
?I will tell you what I do know,? Yukari continued.  ?When you three went to confront this stranger, I left to check the Great Hakurei Border.  After all, the concealed area was in the very center of Gensokyo, which would seem like an optimal place to manipulate the border from.?
   
While Youmu and Reimu nodded, Marisa tilted her head to the side in confusion. ?Wait, why would that be a good place to manipulate the border from? Isn?t that the farthest spot from any point on the border??
   
?Indeed, if you were just trying to get through the border, or punch a hole in it, then you would want to be on the very edge.  However, if you are trying to exert pressure on the entire border at once, the very center is the point where all parts of the border are equally far from you.  It would be easiest to influence the entire border at once from there.?

Marisa made a silent ?oh,? and seeing that she understood, Yukari continued with her explanation.

?While I was inspecting the border, a few things happened all at once.  One, I lost my connection with Ran.  Two, the Border lost its connection with you.? As Yukari spoke, she eyed Reimu, who went strangely pale.  ?I suspect that at that point you had all been rendered unconscious, however at that point I could do nothing but attempt to maintain the Boundary myself and hope that by some miracle the border would re-establish its connection with you.?

?I presume if you had left it as it was to go investigate, the border would have unravelled?? Youmu ventured a question as Yukari paused to take a sip of her tea.

?Correct.  Without a connection to the Hakurei line, there is nothing to anchor the Border in place.  It was all I could do to keep it stable, and even then I wouldn?t have been able to do so for very long.  Luckily, when Reimu awoke from being unconscious, the connection was re-established, and with a few little tweaks everything was back in working order.?

Everyone heard Reimu give a huge sigh of relief.  No one in Gensokyo really knew the intricacies of the Hakurei Border except for Reimu and Yukari, so none of them really understood how serious the situation had been.  Regardless, they understood it was very close to being very bad, and were satisfied with knowing that it had all been worked out.

?That is why I suspect Ran is still alive somewhere.  I suspect that once she regains consciousness, her bond to me will be re-established.  I have no idea how long that will take, or if she will even reawaken on her own, but that is my current hypothesis.?

The next few moments passed in silence as everyone let the information that had just been exchanged settle.  None of them knew what to do next, or what was going on now, but having a strong grasp as to what had already happened gave them a small sense of comfort.  Most of them, anyways.

?So?what do we do now?? Marisa was the first to ask.  As someone who didn?t much care for introspection and analysis, she was concerned with only how to solve the problem, not what the problem looked like. 

?We go back there and we stop her.? Youmu was the first to provide a response to Marisa?s question, speaking in a hard voice with a serious expression.  ?We couldn?t do it before, but if we have Lady Yukari with us, we should have no problem putting a stop to her.?

??I?m afraid that?s not going to be possible,? Yukari said in a low voice, grimacing.  ?I am not against attempting to put a stop to this stranger?s actions, but I am afraid I will not be able to be of much help.?  Everyone turned to Yukari, with expressions ranging from confusion to worry.

?What do you mean, you won?t be of much help??

?The best I can manage right now is information gathering.  With my struggle with the Great Hakurei Border earlier, I am almost entirely drained of energy.  I would love nothing more than to go and help you fight this person, but if she is half as strong as you say she is, then at my current state, I won?t be any more useful then Ran was.?

?How long will it take you to recover?? Youmu continued to press the issue while Reimu and Marisa sighed dejectedly.  Secretly, they had both been expecting Yukari to swoop in and save the day for them, but now that they realized that wasn?t the case neither of them had any idea what they could do.

?Too long.  By the time I have recovered enough to fight her, she will have had plenty of time to wipe out Gensokyo in its entirety, if her goal actually is related to the Border in some way.  And that?s also assuming I would be of any use at full strength.  For all we know, she is leagues above me as well.?

Shivers ran down the spines of the three girls at the thought of someone outclassing Yukari.  Sure, they all knew that the Enma was supposed to be stronger than anyone in Gensokyo, but Yukari was to Gensokyo as Gensokyo was to the outside world; rules just didn?t apply.  The very thought that Yukari, at full strength, wouldn?t be strong enough to fight someone, was nightmare worthy.

?So our best bet then,? Reimu spoke up in the awkward silence that followed, ?is to gather as much help as we can, as fast as we can, and try and take this outsider down before she can accomplish whatever it is she is trying to accomplish.?

?Who could we even ask though?? Youmu asked, voice tinged faintly with the despair that was starting to show on her face. ?Who are we going to find that?s stronger than Yukari? Or even stronger than the two of you??

?We don?t need people who are stronger than us,? Reimu said flatly, ?we need people who, together with us, will be stronger than her.?

?So in other words,? Marisa said, ?we need as many people as we can possibly get.?  Reimu nodded to Marisa?s question.

?Considering all of Gensokyo may be at risk, it only makes sense that all of Gensokyo should fight to protect themselves.?  After saying this, Reimu then turned to Yukari. ?How much time do you suppose we have to gather people??

With a sigh and some obscure gestures, Yukari replied. ?For all we know, we are already too late.  Or maybe this stranger won?t be ready to make her move for years.  In all honesty, there is no way for us to tell.?

?Then we need to move fast,? Marisa said to no one in particular.  ?Let?s all split up, we?ll go to different places and share what we know, and try and recruit as many people as fast as possible.  First, we?ll have to decide who is going to go where.  After that, we can get started.?
   
Yukari?s face lost a small trace of its tiredness and took on a more resolved expression.  ?I too believe that is the best possible course of action.  While you three attempt to recruit as many people as possible, I will make preparations for defense of the Border.  I may not even be able to stop this stranger if she attacks the Border in the state I?m in now, but I should at least be able to stall her out for a while.  In the meantime, I can relay information between the three of you while you travel.?

And with that, all traces of despair and hopelessness were gone from the room.  None of them knew what was really going on, or how they were going to solve it, but they had in front of them a course of action, a method that would bring them closer to understanding and closer to a solution.  Each of them understood there was no time for being depressed at their loss, or intimidated by the strength of their opponent.  All they had time for was pressing forwards.

As the two humans and two youkai worked out their plan, the stars shone weakly down on the Hakurei Shrine.  So intent were the four in their discussion that not a single one of them noticed the faint presence of one small, powerless spirit of the dead. 

Powerless, with only the ability to see, and to hear.



Well, this marks the end of the first story arc.  What some folks might call, 'the introduction.'  You've probably already guessed what the next story arc is going to be about, so enjoy guessing who's going to show up!

ninryu

  • Ordinary Magician
  • Magus Night
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #9 on: February 15, 2013, 08:59:25 PM »
How did they get to the shrine? Did Yukari gaped them there, or what?
« Last Edit: February 16, 2013, 09:05:47 AM by ninryu »

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #10 on: February 17, 2013, 05:26:49 AM »
^ Oops, plothole! Just kidding.

 All I'll say is that Yukari was too busy dealing with the Hakurei Border to move anyone anywhere.


In case you didn't realize it in the last couple chapters, we are going to have to wade through veritable boatloads of my own head-canon starting from hereon in, so if you find something you don't like, I apologize :P

Other then that, I will introduce the next chapter a little bit for you.  I numbered it 5.5 because it's a little bit of a deviation from my normal pattern of writing, in that its not from the perspective of the Protagonists.  Every once in a while (actually, between most chapters) there will be a .5 chapter to take a look at what is happening somewhere else in Gensokyo.  I'm curious as to what you guys will deduce from the extra information I'm giving in these chapters, and indeed from the story in general, so please feel free to discuss and speculate :) I'd love to hear your thoughts!



Chapter 5.5 - Cage of Madness

She hated being locked up so much.

Before she was strong, they locked her up because she was useless.  After she became strong, they locked her up because they were scared of her.  After they all died, her own sister locked her up because she was afraid for everyone else.  She hated being locked up so much.  But she loved her sister more than she hated being locked up, so locked up she stayed.

As much as she considered it being locked up, it wasn’t a particularly confining imprisonment.  She wasn’t in a tiny room, like the first time.  She wasn’t chained down, like the second time.

At this thought, she started giggling to herself.  Chains? What a silly idea that had been.  The chains they had tied her up with were less effective than tying her up with flowers.  She thoroughly enjoyed breaking those chains.  She might have hesitated to break apart a chain made of flowers.

In contrast to her previous imprisonments, she was living rather luxuriously.  Whenever she complained about the room being too small, they gave her a bigger room.  Whenever she complained about the food she ate, they gave her better food.  Whenever she complained she had run out of toys, they gave her new toys.  Whenever she complained that she missed her sister, she got to see her sister.

But even so, no matter how much freedom she had, she was still locked up.  She couldn’t leave her room.  She couldn’t go out to make friends, she couldn’t go out to play with the maids, she couldn’t go out to see the sun, the moon, and the stars.  Oh, how she missed the sun.  She had been allowed to see the moon once or twice, and naturally the stars as well.  But she hadn’t seen the sun in so long, she felt as if any day now, she would forget what it looked like.

And that’s why every day, as soon as she woke up, the very first thing she would do is go draw a picture of the sun.  Sometimes it was just a small little circle, in the corner of a much bigger picture.  Sometimes it was so big there was no room for anything else in the picture.  Sometimes it was yellow, sometimes it was orange, sometimes it was red.  She had tried to draw it blue once, but then it just looked like the rest of the sky, so she never did that again.  Her sister didn’t seem to like that she drew pictures of the sun all the time, but the maids that cleaned her room kept giving her compliments about her sun pictures, so she kept drawing them.

Oh, she thought to herself.  Suddenly the thought struck her, as she was daydreaming about the sun, that she had forgotten to draw her sun picture for the day.  She had woken up as they brought breakfast in to her room today, so she had completely forgotten.  Without any sense of urgency, she pattered over to her drawing corner, found a piece of blank paper and some coloured chalk, and sat down to begin drawing.

She decided today that she would draw a picture of her sister with the sun.  Humming no particular tune, she happily started sketching out her sister.  Her sister liked to wear pink, so she would need lots of pink.  Oh, and she had blue hair.  That was the most important part.  After satisfied with her character, she sketched out a big circle.  She hadn’t yet decided what colour the sun would be today, so she just used black to outline it.  She had learned recently that outlining things in black made them look really nice, so she always did that.

As she reached for a colour to fill in the sun she had just outlined, she stopped.  She felt like…something was missing from the picture.  Suddenly beset by a flash of inspiration, she hastily scribbled something in the space beside where her sister was standing.  Using every colour she had – except pink, that was her sister’s colour – she finished her addition to the drawing and smiled happily.  Now, standing beside her sister was a picture of herself, and the two of them were holding hands.

It was just then that she remembered that her sister didn’t like seeing pictures of the sun. Why is that? The little girl wracked her brain, trying to find out why on earth someone would dislike the sun.  What was so bad about the sun that she didn’t like it?

She let out an ‘aha!’ as she figured out why.  Unlike her, her sister only ever seemed to be awake during the night time.  And what was the difference between night time and day time? Why, night time was dark of course!  So obviously, that must mean her sister hated the sun because it was too bright.

Happy she had figured out why her sister didn’t like the sun, she looked over the colours she had.  If she didn’t like the sun because it was too bright, then she needed to colour the sun with something dark today.  That way she would be happy with the picture.  Deciding it would make her the most happy, she quickly scribbled in the middle of the sun with black chalk.

“Hm?  Black? I thought that was supposed to be the sun.  Why did you colour it black?”

Not showing any sign she was startled by the stranger, for in fact she wasn’t really that startled, the girl started picking up her things and putting them away.  She had to make extra sure that her sister saw the picture she drew today.  “Because it’s too bright.  This way it will be darker, so my sister will like it.”

“Ah, your sister doesn’t like the sun when it’s bright.  That’s too bad.  The sun is so nice when it’s bright.”

The girl finished putting her things away and turned to look at the stranger for the first time.  She was, indeed, a stranger.  This was someone she had never met before.  She had never seen someone she hadn’t met since that shrine maiden and that witch came to play with her.  The stranger wore a long black dress that seemed as if it had all been cut from a single piece of cloth.  The sleeves ended up in gloves at her hands, except they had no fingers, which she thought was weird.  She frowned as she saw on the back of one of the gloves, painted in red, was a picture of a snake with wings eating its own tail.  Why would a snake it eats own tail? That doesn’t make any sense, she thought to herself.

The strange woman also wore a necklace.  It was made of bright silver, and had five shiny, coloured stones set in it.  “I have more colours than you,” she said to the stranger with a big smile.

The stranger looked really confused for some reason, but after a little bit she seemed to understand.  Pointing to her necklace, she finally replied “Oh, you mean this? Yes, you certainly have more colours than I do.”

“Red, Green, White, Blue, Purple.  Yup, I have two more colours then that!”  She proudly waved her wings behind her back. She liked her wings so much.  She could even stand being locked up, as long as she had her wings.

“Hey, want to play with me?” She hadn’t met someone new in so long, she decided it would be fun to play with them.     She thought she saw the stranger smile for a second, but she quickly switched to looking really sad all of the sudden.

“Well, I’d love to play with you, but unfortunately there’s something really important that I need to do.” Suddenly, she gasped, looked at the little girl’s wings, and slowly knelt down in front of her, so that she was looking at her at eye level.

“You know what? With all your colours, you could really help me a lot!  In fact, for someone with as many colours as you, you could help me so much that we would have all the time in the world to play after that!”

The girl began to become really excited.  Normally, people didn’t want to play with her.  Whenever she asked them, they’d get really scared, or they’d sigh and tell her ‘maybe later.’  But this person was actually willing to play with her!  And if she could help her out, then they might be able to play really soon!

“What do you need help with?” Her eyes were positively sparkling.  She could tell just by looking at her that this person was going to be really good at her games, so she couldn’t wait to get started.

“Well, you see,” the stranger started, “I have this really big toy that I’m trying to make.  When it’s done, it’ll make it so no one ever has to be locked up again.”

“Oh are you being locked up too?” The girl patted the stranger on the head.  She knew what it was like to be locked up, and she hated it.  If this person was locked up too, then there was no wonder she needed her help.  She didn’t even have colourful wings to keep her company.  Poor thing.

As she patted the stranger’s head, a really complicated expression passed over her face.  All at once she seemed to be surprised, scared, hurt, and sad.  The look was quickly replaced by a warm smile, and then a small pout.

“But you see, there are a lot of mean people out there who are trying to break my toy. If they break it, then we’ll all have to stay locked up forever.  So I need your help to come with me and stop all the bad people from trying to break my toy.  Do you think you could do that for me?”

The girl was even more excited than before.  All she had to do was stop bad people? That wouldn’t be a problem for her.  Not for her and her colourful wings.  And it would be fun too! She’d get to play with all those new people, even if they were mean.  She didn’t mind playing with mean people, it just meant she didn’t feel bad when she didn’t go easy on them.

In the middle of nodding vigorously, however, her face suddenly fell.  Her heart dropped, and she was suddenly overcome by sadness. “I’m sorry, I can’t help you.  My sister said that I have to stay in this room.  I’m not allowed to go outside.”

The stranger raised an eyebrow at the girl’s refusal, seeming confused for a second. “That’s okay, your sister won’t mind if you come out just to help me, right? We can come right back afterwards.”

The girl shook her head vigorously. “No! No no no! She said ‘definitely never ever forever leave this room!’ If I leave here I’ll be in really big trouble, so I can’t go anywhere!”

The stranger suddenly looked really serious, and then put her hand on the little girl’s shoulder.  “Are you sure? I know it will be against what your sister said, but you don’t like being locked up here, do you?  If you come with me, I can promise you that you’ll never be locked up again.  Definitely never ever forever.  Don’t you think that sounds nice?”

The girl couldn’t help but be tempted by the stranger’s offer.  She did hate being locked up oh so much.  If there was one thing she could do, she would make it so that no one would ever be locked up again.  And that’s what this stranger wanted to do.  She couldn’t imagine there being someone so mean that they would try and stop her, but if they were there, then she needed help.  But there was one thing that was always more important to her, and that was her sister.  Her sister told her never to leave this room, not for any reason, so she couldn’t go.  Anyways, she still had her colourful wings.  She felt sorry for this person, but she did have that colourful necklace.  Being locked up couldn’t be that bad for her.

Seeing that the girl wasn’t going to go with her, the stranger sighed and dropped her head.  “So, if your sister asked you to leave this room and come break my toy, would you do it?”

The girl frowned.  That was a hard question.  She didn’t want this person to be locked up.  If her toy would make it so she wasn’t locked up, that would be the best.  But she always had to do what her sister said.  She loved her sister, so she just had to.  It wouldn’t be any fun, but if that’s what her sister said, she must have had a good reason.  Slowly, the girl nodded her head.

As she did so, she heard the door into her room swing open.  Over the stranger’s shoulder, she could see her sister, the maid, and the book girl walk into the room.  Her sister seemed very angry about something, and the other two looked very serious.  The girl tried to think of what she had done wrong recently.  But try as she might, she couldn’t think of any reason for her sister to be angry at her.

“Get away from Flandre!” her sister screamed at the top of her lungs.  The girl faltered momentarily.  She had been scolded by her sister before, lots of times.  But she had never, not in her entire life, heard her sister scream like that.  Maybe this stranger had done something wrong?  She must have done something really bad for her sister to be that angry at her.

The stranger stood up from where she was kneeling and turned to face the group that had entered the girl’s room.  She could no longer see the expression on her face, but as she stood up, she saw her take a step back, so she was standing right beside her, and put a hand gently on her head.

“Ah, just the girl I was looking for,” the stranger said to her sister. “I was wondering if I could get your permission for me to take Flandre out of her room for a bit?”

“Don’t screw with me, bitch!” her sister roared in response to the question.  The girl frowned.  That was no way for a lady to talk, and her sister knew it.

“You shouldn’t talk like tha-”

Her sister shifted her gaze to her as she began speaking, but her expression didn’t change.  The pure, unbridled rage in her eyes made the girl shrink back.  No, she had never seen her sister this angry before.  She didn’t even say anything, and yet somehow the girl was more scared then she had ever been in her life.

Without a word to her, her sister turned to the book girl. “This is the one, right Patchy? The one who hurt Meiling?”  Wordlessly, the book girl nodded.  “Sakuya!”

“Yes, mistress?”
“Kill her.” Her voice dripping with hate, her sister ordered the execution of the stranger without hesitation.  And similarly, without a trace of hesitation, the maid reached for one of her knives.

The girl was confused. Why did her sister want this stranger to die? She seemed nice enough to her.  Oh, she thought.  Maybe it was because she hurt that China girl.  But how badly would she have had to hurt her that her sister wanted her dead?  Spell Card battles could hurt, but they didn’t hurt that much.  The maid took a step forward.  The girl opened her mouth to voice her defense of the stranger, but before she could say even a word-

-the maid was standing right in front of her, eyes wide in shock, her knife arm being held at the wrist by the stranger.  The maid could move really really fast.  Sometimes, when they were playing, the girl would stare right at her, and she could move behind her without her even noticing.  There was no doubt that she had intended to stab her, yet somehow, even as fast as she was, the stranger had been faster.  The maid tore her arm free and jumped backwards, reaching for more knives.

The girl blinked, and then the ground was covered in them.  Five knives lay scattered on the ground, a couple with their blades crumpled, one with the blade completely shattered.  A sixth knife was in the stranger’s right hand, while her left hand was still resting on the girl’s head.  Casually, she dropped the knife on the floor, and it bounced over to where the other knives were lying.

“Sakuya, what’s wrong?!” Her sister yelled.  It wasn’t a shrill scream, or a loud roar like before.  This time it was concerned, worried.

“I-it’s not working! I can’t stop her…I can stop everything else, but I can’t stop her.”  The maid’s eyes were still wide with shock as she spoke.  She seemed slightly out of breath, but her voice seemed more flustered than tired.

The stranger then turned to the girl, with a warm smile on her face.  The girl turned to look at her, still confused as to what was happening, as the stranger began to speak.  “I’m sorry, little one, but I can’t take any chances.  I can’t have you breaking my toy, no matter what.”

The girl was somewhat distracted.  Though she had turned to listen to what the stranger was saying, she saw out of the corner of her eye more knives.  Ten more knives, in fact, scattered along the ground behind where she was standing.  Had the maid been throwing knives there, as well?  She was really really fast, so she supposed it was possible.

When the stranger took her hand off of her head, she turned to look at her again.  She was about to open her mouth, to ask how she was so fast, even faster than the maid, but before she could get any words out, the stranger tapped her on the forehead with a single finger.

A strange sensation overcame her.  It was like pain, except it didn’t hurt.  Whatever it was, it flowed out from the point where the stranger had touched her and filled her eyes.  As soon as it got to her eyes, the sensation instantly stopped, and the world turned black.

She couldn’t see.  She tried blinking her eyes, but nothing changed.  She rubbed her eyes with her hands, but nothing changed.  She tried looking around, trying to see if there was a light anywhere, thinking maybe it had just gotten really dark, but there was nothing.  As she spun, she lost her balance and fell backwards, sitting down on the floor hard.

Why couldn’t she see? Why was it so dark? What happened?  The girl began to panic.  The others in the room were talking, but she wasn’t paying attention to them anymore.  What was wrong? Had something happened to her eyes? Why couldn’t she see?

She felt like she was being locked up again.  Locked up in a tight, dark place, with no windows or doors.  No lights.  Not even a torch.  She was locked up.  She hated being locked up.  She began to panic even more.  She was scared.  Tears started welling up in her eyes.  She tried to turn, to see her colourful wings, but she couldn’t see them.  Tears started pouring down her face.  Someone had locked her up.  They had taken her wings.  They had taken all the lights.  She was trapped, and there was nothing she could do.

She began to wail.  Why?  What had happened? What did she do to deserve this? Had that stranger locked her up because she wouldn’t help her?

Lost to her own grief, she screamed.  She didn’t notice that the stranger had left, or that her sister was saying something to her.  All she heard was her own voice, and all she saw was the blackness.


------------


Patchouli walked across Flandre’s room.  The stranger who had attacked Meiling had dissolved into thin air, leaving her, Remilia, Sakuya, and Flandre alone.  Flandre was sitting on the floor where she had fallen, wailing and screaming, tears pouring down her face.  It seemed like she was trying to say something, but she couldn’t understand what over all the noise she was making.

Remilia and Sakuya were kneeling on the floor beside her, trying to console her, find out what was wrong, but she didn’t seem to be responding to them.  Patchouli continued walking around the room, trying to see if the stranger had done anything weird, or set up any magic that would make staying here dangerous.  She quickly ascertained there had been nothing dangerous left in the room, so she turned back to see if she could help with Flandre.  As she turned, however, she saw something out of the corner of her eye.  A piece of paper, which she could tell had a drawing on it by Flandre.

Patchouli walked over to the corner and picked up the picture off the ground.  When she saw what the picture was, she narrowed her eyes, and turned back again, walking over to where the other three were.

It seemed that Flandre had stopped crying.  She was still sobbing, and her eyes were darting around wildly, but otherwise she seemed to have calmed down.  Sakuya’s face was a mixture of concern and shock, while Remilia was hugging Flandre, quietly talking to her.  Every once in a while, she would mutter something back through her sobs, at which point Remilia would continue trying to console her.

Seeing Patchouli walk over, Sakuya stood from where she was kneeling.  “It seems as if she can’t see.  She can still hear and feel things normally, but it seems as if she’s completely blind.”

Ah, Patchouli thought.  No wonder she was so panicky, her eyes darting around so wildly.  Patchouli briefly thought over the various magics she knew that could cause blindness.  Most of them were temporary.  All of them were curable.  If she could determine which one had been used, it shouldn’t be any problem fixing it.

Patchouli turned to Sakuya. “And you?”

Sakuya’s face turned sour.  “It should have worked perfectly.  Time stopped, I felt it.  Everything felt exactly the same.  But the instant before I cut her, she grabbed my hand.  I was so shocked I lost control of the spell, but when I used it again nothing changed.  It still felt like everything was perfectly stopped, but she moved perfectly fine, deflecting all my attacks, not even bothering to dodge.”

Patchouli frowned.  Can cause blindness, and immune to temporal manipulation?  Blindness aside, the time spell resistance seemed like a very Lunarian attribute.  Plus, there was the aftermath of the fight she had with the gate guard.  She could think up a few possibilities for abilities that would allow her to accomplish everything she had seen, but none of them were very logical.  Either way, once she had done some research on this blinding spell, it should be much easier to connect the dots.

Seeing Sakuya eye the picture in her hands, she lifted it up so that she could see. “Flandre drew this?” Patchouli nodded silently to the question.  Both of their expressions had turned dark.  The picture, Remilia and Flandre holding hands underneath a black sun, gave each of them an odd sense of foreboding.

Patchouli didn’t much believe in omens.  She was a magician, a researcher, a scientist.  But if there was one thing she had learned since moving here with Remilia, it was that Gensokyo was a place where everything was possible. Considering what she had just witnessed, she couldn’t help but feel a sense of dread.




Anyone who can produce a copy of Flandre's picture gets a bonus chapter! :x

« Last Edit: February 17, 2013, 05:30:51 AM by TwilightsCall »

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #11 on: February 21, 2013, 08:18:17 AM »
I just finished writing Chapter 8, which so far has been the longest chapter of anything I've written (that's been posted or otherwise) at something like 9200 words.  Everything else feels so short in comparison now...

Anyways, enjoy this short-feeling-yet-still-longer-than-most-of-the-previous-chapters-chapter!



Chapter 6 ? The Scarlet Thread of Fate

Marisa soared through the night sky of Gensokyo. She didn?t particularly like flying at night, but after what had happened that day, she definitely wasn?t in the mood for sleeping, and considering who she was going to meet, it would be best if she got there before morning.

After they had gotten somewhat of a grip on the situation at hand, the four of them at the shrine had put together a list of everyone they thought would be willing to help them take down this stranger.  They then made a list of everyone who they thought wouldn?t be willing to help them, and tacked them on the bottom.  After they were content with their list, they split it in three and each of them took one third.

Marisa?s list didn?t strike her as particularly hard, so she wasn?t going to complain about it.  Since it was just after sunset when they had finished their meeting, and one of the places to visit on her list was the Scarlet Devil Mansion, it seemed like the perfect opportunity to make some early gains.

That being said, she still didn?t like flying at night.  Generally she would have been tired, the sky would be filled with youkai ? who would either get in her way by challenging her to spell card battles, or get in her way by having her hit them without either of them seeing each other ? and she would get lost easily due to no visible landmarks.  But today, Marisa would tough it out.  After all, if she could get the Scarlet Devil on her side, then this battle was as good as won.

Marisa unexpectedly cleared the edge of the forest whose canopy she had been grazing and found herself gliding over a large lake.  She must have been going faster than she had thought, since she hadn?t predicted she would arrive until maybe twenty minutes later.  Regardless, she was happy to have finally arrived, and made no delays making her way to the front gate.

Normally her visits to the Scarlet Devil Mansion were much less brash than this.  Normally, she would sneak in the back way, hide out in the library for a bit, and then sneak out again, her pockets a little heavier than when she arrived.  However, she often got caught, and so trying to be subtle here would more than likely just antagonize the residents, and that was the last thing she needed to do.  So, despite how much she enjoyed sneaking in, in a rare bout of foresight she decided to use the front door.

Touching down a short ways away from the front gate, Marisa approached slowly.  The area was still cloaked heavily by night, so she couldn?t see very well, but something gave her a bad feeling.  Despite the fact she was in full view of the building, she still couldn?t make out the area very well, but the actual reason for her apprehension was more that she hadn?t been stopped yet.  The Scarlet Devil Mansion?s gate guard knew her face well, and they were not on friendly terms.  Yet, she didn?t hear anyone calling out for her to stop. Or to die, which was generally more common here.

Marisa froze mid-step as her eyes finally adjusted to the darkness.  Her eyes had adjusted themselves to the night while she was flying, but despite Remilia?s distaste for the daytime, she still kept her mansion brightly lit at night.  This had ruined Marisa?s night vision, but now that she was on the ground and out of sight of any windows, there was no light pollution ruining her eyes.  And so, her eyes were able to adjust to the dark again, and she could faintly see around her.

Concerned at what she thought she saw, she conjured an orb of light to illuminate the surroundings.  Unfortunately, the light simply confirmed what she had thought she saw.

The front gate of the mansion was gone.  The giant metal contraption had been blown to pieces, and chunks of metal scrap were lying everywhere, mostly inside.  The wall beside the gate had been badly damaged, and in some parts was completely missing.  In the harsh light of her orb, it was easy for her to see that many of the chunks of rubble from the damaged wall were stained with blood.

Marisa was shocked.  Her composure had been tempered by years upon years of exposure to the spell card rules, and so destruction like this was almost unheard of.  As such, there were very few people who she could suspect of doing damage like this.  One was Remilia?s little sister.  Damage like this, should she decide she wanted to break outside, would have been as easy as breathing to her.  However, looking at the damage, it was very clear that this had been caused someone trying to get inside, not outside.  That meant it was far more likely that a far worse person had caused this damage.

With quick steps, Marisa marched through the ruined wall and gate and into the insides of the mansion.  The fact that the lights were on meant either that someone had survived the attack, or that the attack had been recent enough that there might be someone here who she could still help.  She pointedly avoided thinking about the fact there was a third possibility ? that the attack was currently still in progress.

Walking through the grounds of the mansion, Marisa made it inside before seeing anyone.  Quickly, she made her way through the hallways, picking turns at random ? she didn?t know the layout of the mansion around the front entrance all that well ? hoping to find anyone who could tell her where to go to find the people she needed to find, but the hallways were all eerily empty.

As she continued to search through the hallways of the mansion, she eventually ended up in familiar territory, and her steps became more directed.  She still didn?t know where everyone was, but she figured her best bet was to head to the inner courtyard.  From there, she could reach most of the important rooms in the mansion, so it was a good starting place.

Opening the door to the inner courtyard, she froze again, but this time more in surprise than anything else.  In sharp contrast to the completely empty hallways of the mansion, the inner courtyard was full of people.  Specifically, fairies.  All of them wearing maid uniforms.

There were hundreds of them.  They stood all around the inner courtyard, huddled in small groups, some whispering, but most silent.  Marisa couldn?t believe how many maids there were.  There was no way even a mansion as big as this needed anywhere near as many maids as were before her now.  In fact, if there had been a quarter as many maids before her, she probably would have thought the same thing.  Her mind was completely boggled at how crowded the place was.

As she stood, staring dumbly at the scene before her, one hand still on the doorknob, one of the fairy maids happened to catch a glimpse of her out of the corner of her eye.  The fairy that saw her froze, eyes wide, and after a few moments of silence, pointed a finger and shrieked.

?INTRUDER!!?

Now, Marisa had been seen by fairy maids before.  She doubted that any of them recognized her ? she didn?t spend THAT much time here ? but never once had she had one of them react to her in this way.  Generally, they either nervously ignored her, or if they happened to be in the know, gathered a group of their friends and tried to chase her down or go tell the chief maid about the intruder.  Once, she had even had a confused fairy offer her tea and a snack, thinking she was a guest.  Marisa still laughed when she thought of Remilia?s face when she walked in on Marisa casually snacking away in her garden, being waited on like royalty.

She wasn?t laughing now. Instead, she stood nervously, watching the fairies before her.  When the first fairy had yelled, the rest had immediately stopped what they were doing ? not that they were doing much anyways ? and turned to watch her.  Every single one of them had a look of sheer terror on their face.  Slowly, they all started backing away, despite the fact that none of them were even near her.  They all backed away slowly, cramming into the back of the courtyard.  Some started wailing or sobbing, but strangely enough, none took flight, and none ran away further into the mansion.

Marisa was more confused by their behaviour than she was worried.  She didn?t understand why they were so scared of her, and if they were so scared, why they didn?t run away.  Sure, they tried to get as far away as possible, but none of them left the courtyard.  If they were that scared, they should have just taken flight and scattered rather than cramming into a small space.

Before Marisa had even thought of something to do in response to the horde of terrified fairies in front of her, she was confronted by a thankfully familiar face.  Appearing out of nowhere, as she often did, the chief maid of the Scarlet Devil Mansion now stood in front of her, an uncharacteristically angry expression on her face.

?We don?t have time for you today.  Please go home.?

Marisa bit her tongue.  She wanted so badly to just open her mouth and let spill all the witty comebacks she could think of, as she generally did, but she knew she needed to restrain herself if she were to have any hope of making a good impression.  Realizing she was still holding the door behind her open, she quietly closed it and turned back to Sakuya. ?Uhm?what happened here??

Sakuya narrowed her eyes suspiciously before responding.  Normally, when she confronted Marisa unexpectedly within the mansion, Marisa would turn and flee.  A pointless endeavour, considering Sakuya could stop time to chase after her, but she always did.  The fact she hadn?t immediately turned to flee meant that maybe, just maybe, she wasn?t up to no good this time.

??We were attacked.  We are currently attempting to repair the damages.  I would very much appreciate it if you didn?t bother us today.?

As I thought, Marisa nodded to herself.  ?By a woman in black? With a silver necklace??

Sakuya seemed taken aback by Marisa?s apparent knowledge of the situation.  She regarded Marisa for some time before saying anything, but finally, her angry expression gave way to one of tired resignation. ?Please come with me.?


------------


Marisa sat comfortably in the main dining hall of the Scarlet Devil Mansion.  It was the first time she had been here without the residents being angry about it, so it felt odd to not have to worry about people catching her, or attacking her without warning.  It felt?wrong, somehow.

After leading her to the dining hall, Sakuya had left to tell Remilia that she had arrived.  Other than that, she hadn?t said anything to Marisa at all, so she was still mostly in the dark as to what had happened here.  Every once in a while, Sakuya would pop her head in and apologize for the wait before rushing off to do whatever it is that chief maids do again.  After almost half an hour of waiting, the large double doors at the end of the room opened, and Remilia, Patchouli, and Sakuya walked in together.

The group of three walked up to the table where Marisa was sitting.  Remilia looked at Marisa, then at Sakuya, and back to Marisa before finally talking to her maid.

?Why did you think it was a good idea to let her in again?? Remilia?s voice, normally full of pomp and condescension, just sounded tired.  It didn?t even seem like she had the energy to be angry anymore, just enough to be fed up with everything.

Unlike when she was talking to Marisa earlier, Sakuya was now perfectly calm and composed.  ?She seemed to have known something about the intruder, so I thought you might like to speak with her.  I can send her away if I was mistaken.?

With that, Remilia turned back to Marisa. ?You know something??  When Marisa nodded, Remilia sighed and sat down at the table across from her.  Patchouli sat down beside her, silently studying Marisa, while Sakuya stood patiently behind them.

?I guess before I say anything, it would be more prudent to ask if everyone here is alright?? Marisa wasn?t sure where to start, so she attempted to pass the lead of the conversation to the other side of the table.  Remilia, without even opening her mouth, just turned to look at Sakuya briefly before turning back to Marisa and slouching back in her chair.

?We were attacked early this evening by a woman none of us had met before,? Sakuya began. ?She wore a black dress and had an ornate silver necklace.  She had shoulder length hair that was an odd, glassy black colour.  Her eyes were violet.  Does that sound familiar to you??

Marisa nodded to Sakuya?s description, and seeing that she was indeed familiar with their intruder, continued the story.  ?She attacked the front gate and severely wounded our gate guard.  Before the maids got word to us that we had an intruder, she had made her way down to the young Mistress? room, where the Mistress, Miss Patchouli, and myself confronted her.  After thoroughly demonstrating that we had no way to harm her, she vanished into thin air, and we have spent the rest of the night attempting to repair the damage she wrought.?

Picking up where Sakuya left off, Patchouli continued in a disinterested tone, flipping through a book she had apparently brought with her.  ?Meiling was severely injured, and is now unconscious.  She has been treated to the extent that we are capable of doing so here, but it does not seem like her life is in danger.  Flandre was also attacked by the intruder, and it now seems she?s completely blind.  A few of the fairy maids also seem to be missing, but we have no idea whether they were attacked or simply fled.?

?Do you have any idea what her objective was?? Marisa asked absently as she pondered the information she was being given.

Sakuya faltered for an instant before responding, ?We?don?t exactly know.  It seemed she was attempting to meet with the young Mistress, but to what end?we haven?t been able to figure out.?

?Did you try, um?asking her??

At this, Remilia finally spoke up in a flat voice.  ?Flan is in very bad shape.  She?s scared and blind and feels helpless, so it was all we could do to get her to stop screaming at the top of her lungs.  We just managed to calm her down a few minutes ago, and she?s fallen asleep.  We haven?t had the time, nor has she had the composure, to explain what she was there for.?

Marisa nodded thoughtfully.  It made sense.  No matter how old Flandre was, in the end she was just a child, and having your vision taken away from you with no warning would shock even an adult pretty badly.

?Alright, I?m not very good at being diplomatic, so here?s what I?m gonna do.  I?ll tell you guys everything I know about this person who attacked you.  Then, I?m going to ask you for a favour.  It?s really big, and pretty dangerous, but considering the situation you might want to help us as much as we want you to help us.?

Seeing that the three across the table from her weren?t going to say anything, Marisa continued. ?Earlier today, Reimu, Youmu, Ran, and I all went to investigate something.  Apparently, Yuyuko had gone missing, and we were asked to try and help finding her.  We did, but she was with someone who none of us had met before, and apparently was the same person who attacked you guys.?

As Marisa spoke, Remilia repeatedly turned to Sakuya, who would whisper something in her ear before she would turn back to look at Marisa.  It was somewhat distracting, but Marisa couldn?t help but smile to herself when she overheard that Sakuya was just explaining who Marisa was talking about.  Weren?t Youmu, Yuyuko, and Ran famous enough that they didn?t need explaining? Well, whatever.

?She was doing some pretty dodgy stuff out there, and we were afraid that it would have consequences that could put all of Gensokyo in danger.  So we tried to stop her, but as you likely figured out, she has no regard for the Spell Card rules.  The four of us tried to team up to fight her, but??

??you couldn?t lay a finger on her, could you?? Remilia spoke up when Marisa paused.  Marisa swallowed uncomfortably before nodding to Remilia?s question, earning a sigh from the little vampire.

?For some reason,? Marisa continued, ?she spared all of us.  Well, most of us.  We still haven?t figured out what happened to Ran.  But anyways, that?s not the point.  The point is, this person is very dangerous, and we can?t let her be.  So Reimu, Youmu, and I have all split up to go gather as many people as possible to work together to try and take her down.?

?And so you?re here to ask for our help,? Remilia said with another sigh.  ?What makes you think we can be of any help to you, even if we wanted to??

At this, Marisa raised an eyebrow.  ?Have you ever actually stopped and thought about who?s living here?  First, there?s Meiling and Patchouli.  Meiling, on top of being a proficient martial artist, can manipulate life force.  Patchouli, on top of being a proficient magician capable of manipulating all of the physical elements with ease, is one of the most well-read youkai in all of Gensokyo, making her invaluable if we need information or if we need research done.?  Patchouli briefly glanced up from the book she was reading at the mention of her name, but quickly went back to what she was doing.

?After that, you have Flandre.  She?s young, and her specialty is that she can destroy anything she can see.  Next, your maid can stop time.  As if all of these together weren?t enough to do pretty much anything, you yourself have the ability to manipulate fate.  If the group of you worked together, I can?t imagine a single opponent that you couldn?t beat with ease.?

Marisa lost a lot of the confidence in her position when she saw the uneasy looks pass between Sakuya and Remilia.  Surely, she hadn?t put too much faith in their abilities, had she?  There was no way she was wrong about what their abilities were, but she did suppose this stranger had managed to attack them and leave unharmed even with those abilities.

Strangely, Patchouli was the first one to speak up. ?I?ll admit you are right in my case.  I am invaluable in situations like these.? Marisa smirked at that, though she couldn?t quite tell if Patchouli was joking or not.  Especially since she said it so matter-of-factly, not even looking up from her book. ?However, that?s the only good point you have.  Sure, Meiling is proficient, but she was beaten into a bloody mess when she tried to fight the intruder.?

?Well?uhh?hmmm.? Marisa was at a loss for words.  She had forgotten about that part.

?Secondly, we also told you already that Flandre was blind.  Sure, she can destroy anything she sees, but how will that help anyone if she can?t see anything?? Marisa made a sour expression.  Of course, Patchouli was right.  But Marisa had made her speech before she had arrived here, so she hadn?t planned for their situation to have changed from the usual.

?Thirdly, we did attempt to use Sakuya?s abilities to stop the intruder, but they had no effect.?

?Wait wait wait, you stopping time had no effect on her?? Sakuya nodded grimly to Marisa?s question, and Marisa?s heart sank.  She had been hoping they could use Sakuya as a trump card against her. No one ever would have expected time manipulation, and even if they did, there was no way you could fight against it except by sneak attacking the user before they activated it.  But if it didn?t have any effect on her?

?But?but you still have Remilia?s power over destiny, right?  Can?t she just make it so we are ?destined to win?? That should be game over for her, right??

Remilia sighed and rolled her eyes.  ?Here, let me explain it to you so that even a kid like you can understand.  Sakuya, go get me some of Flan?s chalk.?

Marisa?s eyebrows twitched a little.  A kid like me? Have you ever seen yourself? As much as she wanted to rebuke Remilia, she knew she couldn?t say anything.  Even if everyone in the Scarlet Devil Mansion had turned into powerless mice, any help was good help.  Anything she could do to reduce her chances of them cooperating with her would be akin to shooting herself in the foot. Which she had done before.  Not a pleasant experience.

As soon as Sakuya left the room, she suddenly walked back in carrying a small pail full of different coloured pieces of chalk.  Selecting a few pieces of chalk, Remilia laid them out on the table in front of Marisa.  ?Pick one.?

Marisa looked at the chalk carefully.  In front of her were five pieces: blue, red, yellow, green, and purple.  They all looked like they had been used quite a bit, but for the most part they were in pretty good shape.  Pretty impressive, considering their owner.  Seeing nothing particularly outstanding about any single piece, Marisa arbitrarily picked the red one.

?I wanted you to pick the yellow one,? Remilia said after Marisa had made her decision, earning her a strange look. ?However, you got to pick the one you wanted.  There was only a one in five chance of me getting the result I wanted if I left it up to you.  That?s what it?s like if you don?t have my power.?

Marisa wasn?t sure what she was trying to say, but nodded anyways.  At Remilia?s gesture, she replaced the piece of red chalk.  ?Now, this is what happens when I use my power.?

With that, Remilia reached out and took four of the pieces of chalk, leaving only the yellow piece. ?Now, pick a piece of chalk again.?

Marisa gave Remilia a confused look, but after a few moments she understood the point Remilia was making.  She reached out and grabbed the single piece of yellow chalk that was left on the table.

?You get it, right??

?Yeah.  Each piece of chalk represents a different ?fate,? right??

?Exactly.  Of course, in real life, there are many more than five different possibilities.  Sometimes there are only a handful, but other times there are so many you couldn?t even count them.  For a normal person, there are any number of variables that can alter which one of those fates comes to pass.  My ability, however, lets me directly remove possibilities from that list; I can specifically take pieces of chalk I don?t want you to select and get rid of them.?

?I understand that, but what does it have to do with anything? You could just pick the piece of chalk that represents us winning, couldn?t you??

Remilia gave an exaggerated sigh.  ?My power lets me take away any number of pieces of chalk from the table.  What I can?t do is add more pieces of chalk.  I can?t add a new possibility, a new fate.  I can pick and choose which fate will come to pass, but I can?t add one that isn?t already there.?

Marisa?s expression turned sour.  She now knew exactly the point Remilia was trying to make. ?So what you?re trying to say is?impossible things are still impossible.? Remilia nodded, and seeing that her explanation was finished, she waved Sakuya over to clean up the chalk and take it back to Flandre?s room.

?So basically,? Marisa continued, ?we need to be able to beat this stranger before you can force that option.?

?Assuming she doesn?t ignore Remi?s power the same way she ignores Sakuya?s,? Patchouli mumbled, again not even looking up from her book.  Why was she even here if she was just going to read the whole time?

?Alright then, allow me to ask you a favour selfishly then.? Marisa cleared her throat and sat up straight, trying to display as much dignity as she could manage.  ?On behalf of Reimu, Yukari, Youmu, and myself, I would request that you help us in taking down this stranger before she endangers us all.  Your powers may not be as auto-win as I had hoped they would be, but you guys aren?t weak.  We need a lot of strong people if we are to have even the smallest chance against someone of her calibre, and having any number of you with us would be a tremendous help.?

Marisa carefully watched the faces of those across the table from her.  Patchouli had looked up from her book, and was watching Remilia.  Sakuya stood, eyes closed, patiently waiting. Remilia was staring at Marisa, her face expressionless.

The seconds felt like hours.  Marisa knew that Remilia had every reason to help her, but Remilia was driven entirely by her whims.  The fact that she was tired now was just as relevant a reason as to whether she should help Marisa in the future as anything she could possibly stand to gain by helping her, or lose by not helping her.  On top of that, there were plenty of logical reasons to decline.  Obviously, none of them had stood a chance against the stranger, and Remilia likely understood the only reason they were still alive was because she hadn?t bothered to kill them.  From what Marisa had told her, she likely reasoned that Marisa and her group didn?t stand any bigger a chance than she had.  As far as she was concerned, helping Marisa meant risking her life and the lives of all those under her for no definite gain.

With a sigh, Remilia closed her eyes and leaned back in her chair.  Then, she stood up and started walking from the room.  Three pairs of eyes watched her as she slowly walked to the door leading out of the room.

?I?m going to bed.  Tell Sakuya when and where.  We?ll go with you, but only because I need to take revenge for her attacking my subjects.?
   
Marisa?s face broke into a smile, Sakuya nodded sagely, and Patchouli went back to reading her book.  Marisa turned to Sakuya and was about to begin explaining their current plan of action, but before she started talking Remilia began again.
   
"For hurting Meiling, I could be satisfied with just pounding her into a bloody mess.? Her voice quivered as she spoke.  Marisa couldn?t tell if it was from trying not to cry, or from pure anger.  ?But she made Flan cry.? Remilia turned from where she stood and stared at Marisa, eyes blazing.  ?For that, even if I have to do it alone, even if I have to do it with my bare hands?I?ll kill her.?
   
It was definitely the latter.



And so the second plot arc begins in earnest.  I don't know about you guys, but I've been having a ton of fun writing this so far, and even though I'm not even halfway through the story, I'm dreading it ending already :(  Oh well, we'll cross that bridge when we get to it.

ninryu

  • Ordinary Magician
  • Magus Night
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #12 on: February 23, 2013, 09:10:17 PM »
From the prologue I was pitying the black girl, but after what she had done to the PCs, Meiling and Flan, I wish her a horrible death.

Also, as a "big-sis Meiling" fan, I couldn't not flinch at Flan's reaction to what happened to our gate guard.
« Last Edit: February 24, 2013, 06:38:00 AM by ninryu »

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #13 on: February 24, 2013, 06:55:02 AM »
^ I'm not going to lie, writing 5.5 and 6.5 made me feel like a terrible, terrible person.  On the bright side, at least I get to write the ending and resolution, so maybe I'll get a chance to make up for it someday lol.



Chapter 6.5 ? The End of Eternity

A cool night breeze blew through the shoots of bamboo, making a musical sound that echoed up into the starless night sky.  Clouds had overtaken the vast majority of the sky, blotting out the stars from view.  The moon alone shone defiantly, as if it had cut a hole in the clouds itself just so it could get through.

Walking alone through the Bamboo Forest of the Lost was none other than the forest?s own guide, Mokou.  Though she walked gently and carefully, the quite night atmosphere was entirely lost on her.  She didn?t see the moon shining through the stalks of bamboo, or hear the wind rustling through the forest, or notice the sounds of the many insects that inhabited the night.

This was a scene that had replayed itself many a time over the course of Mokou?s rather prolific life.  She didn?t particularly dislike it, though.  She often acted as a guide to those who found themselves lost in the bamboo forest, but the real reason she spent her time here was because of the atmosphere of the place.  For some reason, no matter how many years she spent here, she never grew tired of it.

Lost deep in thought, her mind coincidentally wandered to the forest she was walking through now.  She had come to this place long ago, far longer than she cared to remember.  The fact that not a single stalk of bamboo she had seen on that first day remained, that this was practically a different place entirely, tinged her thoughts with nostalgia. 

However, her thoughts were only on her location briefly.  Tonight, she was preoccupied with a problem many humans, even those with normal life spans, are forced to deal with.  And she didn?t like it one bit.

With a small sigh she picked her way past a particularly tricky part of the forest.  She didn?t need to consciously analyze the terrain, or plot a path through.   All she had to do was walk forward, and her muscle memory took care of the rest.  She wasn?t even particularly familiar with this spot, but so great was her experience within this forest that she didn?t even need to consciously think through how to tackle the obstacle.
It seems everything she did recently aggravated her concern for this one problem.  That problem?her memory.  The fact that her muscle memory was still so firmly intact made it all the more troublesome that her actual memory was starting to show problems.

It wasn?t like her memory was deficient.  She was an immortal, after all.  The Hourai Elixir she had imbibed over a thousand years ago guaranteed she would never feel the pain of sickness ever again, whether physically or mentally.  Her body did not age, so her brain did not deteriorate like a normal human?s would after such an extended period of time. But even so, she couldn?t help but feel as if her memory was starting to fail her.

Mokou may have been immortal, but she was still human.  Others didn?t always see it that way, but others didn?t know what it was like to have taken the Hourai Elixir.  She was well aware that she was immune to sickness, and so had no concerns about many of the illnesses of the mind humans with long lifespans tended to incur.  However, the human brain, the human mind, is not an infinite thing.  It has its limits, and after over a thousand years of life, Mokou was finally starting to feel them.

As she lived longer and longer, her previous memories began to erode away.  There just wasn?t enough space in her memory to fit in over 10 lifetimes worth of experiences.  So, Mokou was acutely aware of how her memories were starting to vanish.   Frankly, when she first noticed, she was surprised that it hadn?t started to happen sooner.  Who would have known that the human brain would be capable of recording up to a thousand years? worth of memories without any problems?

However, she no longer felt the freedom to marvel at such a thing.  The fact of the matter was that she was beginning to lose her memories.  What made it all the more frustrating was that it seemed she lost them randomly; there was no rhyme or reason as to which of the memories she retained and which were washed away.

For instance, she remembered when she first decided to take revenge for her father. She remembered very well what had spawned the grudge between her and Kaguya, yet she had no recollections of first meeting Kaguya at all.

For instance, she had one day visited Eientei at Kaguya?s request, and had been surprised to learn that there were quite a large number of rabbits living there.  She remembered the moon rabbit, the one Eirin called Udongein, but she had been taken completely by surprise by the presence of the rest of them.  She was even more surprised to learn that they had been there longer than Mokou had been in Gensokyo.
Finally, most frustratingly of all, was her family.  She remembered her family.  Well, maybe it was more accurate to say she remembered having a family.  She remembered her siblings, and even remembered their favourite clothes.  She remembered her parents, and even her favourite gifts she had received from them.  But she didn?t remember their names.  She didn?t remember their faces. 

This had caused her no small amount of grief.  On more than one occasion she had lain awake for days just trying to remember a single face from her childhood.  Yet no matter how hard she tried, they wouldn?t come.  She tried asking Keine for help.  Maybe she could read her history, maybe she could find a way of bringing her old memories back. She could tell it hurt Keine just as much to tell her as it had hurt for her to hear there was nothing she could do. 

Stopping briefly, Mokou stared up at the moon.  She had spent countless nights apologizing to her long deceased family, hoping that by some miracle, if they were watching her from somewhere, they would forgive her for forgetting so much about them.  However, she was past that now.  She knew there was nothing to gain by living a life of regret and shame, and so she did her best to put it behind her and move on.
Mokou started moving again as an old ember glowed to life in her chest.  She was a very stubborn girl, and she knew it.  She had great difficulty with moving on, found it incredibly hard to put things behind her.  She had managed to do it with the thoughts of her family, but that old hatred in her heart refused to die.

If I?m going to lose my memories anyways, why can?t I just forget about that?

Mokou thought wryly to herself as she continued walking through the forest.  It was something she had been trying to put past her for a long time now, and try as she might, it was just proving too much for her.

That, of course, was her grudge with Kaguya.  Over a millennia ago, Kaguya had disgraced her father.  Had disgraced her family.  Had disgraced her. It was something she vowed never to accept, something she vowed Kaguya would never live down.  It was that hate that led her to becoming an Immortal, and that led her to an unending life in Gensokyo.

But after battling with Kaguya for over a thousand years, her heart was slowly beginning to change.  As she and Kaguya killed each other again and again, her resolve began to waver. Years and years ago, in a confrontation that was the same as any other, the usually carefree Kaguya apologized.  She had known since the beginning why Mokou hated her, but for some reason, hundreds of years later, she had decided to apologize.  She literally got down on her knees, and knowing Mokou wouldn?t forgive her, sincerely apologized for everything.

At the time, this only served to enrage Mokou.  She had thought Kaguya was messing with her, was trying to provoke her, so in her anger she attacked.  For an entire day, Kaguya sat unmoving, and was killed over and over. 

Upon realizing that Kaguya had been serious, Mokou just became more angry.  After all that time, how dare she?  Even saying such a pretentious line as ?I know you?ll never forgive me, but I want to apologize anyways.? Mokou couldn?t stand it, but in the end, Kaguya didn?t move from her spot, didn?t even try to defend herself.  All to prove to Mokou that she was serious.

Twenty four hours of dying and dying and dying, which only ended upon Mokou exhausting herself and leaving.

Unfortunately for the both of them, Kaguya had no idea how right she was.  For years, nothing changed.  The two immortals continued to kill each other on a regular basis, but even so, Kaguya?s words always remained with Mokou.  Every time they met, Kaguya would extend the olive branch, as it were, and every time Mokou would respond by burning her to a crisp.

But after many, many years, Mokou slowly began to change.  As she saw the world around her change and grow, forget its past problems and move on to the future, she couldn?t help but realize how childish she was being.

She never once thought she was wrong.  Kaguya had deserved everything she had done to her, and Mokou had never once felt an ounce of pity for her as she burned over and over.  But even so, she was trying to make amends.  She couldn?t possibly make things right, and she knew that, but she tried anyways.  Her dogged perseverance, constantly trying to make friends with Mokou slowly softened the girl?s heart.
Finally, after what had seemed like three forevers, after a long week of arguing with herself, Mokou decided to try and forgive.  She had been living for so long steeped in hate that she didn?t even know what it meant to live otherwise, and with the help of Kaguya, the others at Eientei, and more recently Keine, she was beginning to see the tragedy in that.  However, deciding she wanted to forgive someone and actually forgiving someone were two very different things.

She put forth an honest effort, but her heart was slow in changing.  Her hate had weakened over the centuries, but it had not died.  She sincerely wanted to forgive Kaguya, to accept her invitation of friendship and move on with her life.  But every time she saw her face, her thoughts snapped back to her father, to the disgrace he had suffered, and the flame of hatred would roar back to life.

It was difficult, but Mokou tried to suppress her feelings as much as possible.  She had given up the first few times and just left in a rage, but managing to have a confrontation with Kaguya where neither of them died was a step in the right direction. At least, that?s what Keine told her.  Eventually, she managed to bite back her feelings and actually spent some time with her. 

The look of delight on Kaguya?s face when Mokou had accepted that invitation and actually showed up with a smile, however fake it was, shook Mokou to the core.  It made her realize that Kaguya was just as stubborn as she was. After all this time, she sincerely believed that she and Mokou could become friends, and after countless years of being turned down, the joy she expressed at her labours finally bearing fruit both warmed Mokou?s heart and sickened her.  It was a difficult thing, hating someone you wanted to like.

But after seeing Kaguya?s face that one time, Mokou knew that she had done the right thing. She may have not been wrong before, in her attempts at revenge.  She never believed she had done anything wrong.  But now, she was very clearly doing something that felt right, and that gave her the motivation to keep trying.

Try as she might, however, that old flame of hatred refused to die.  Sometimes, while spending time at Eientei, she had managed to actually forget about the past, and had legitimately enjoyed herself.  Those times never lasted long, however, and she could never bring herself to make an extended stay there despite constantly being invited to.

But she had changed this much.  If Mokou, the self-proclaimed most stubborn person in Gensokyo, could change this much, she could definitely do better.  And as she tried, as she put forth the honest effort to change, the smiling faces of those around her encouraged her onwards.  She began to wonder if this is what it meant to live a life free of hate, a life where she could seek her own happiness, and the happiness of others, rather than trying to make someone else suffer.

In the distance, Mokou could finally see what she was looking for.  Though it was by no means an official position, she often acted as a guide for those who found themselves lost in the forest of bamboo surrounding Eientei.  As such, she took it upon herself to not only help lost people find their way out, but also to find the lost people within the forest in the first place.

She had met countless people in the forest, but this person seemed to be more composed than most.  Quietly sitting on a large rock, as if just enjoying the scenery, was a woman dressed entirely in black. Her long, black dress was entirely one piece, reaching down to just above her ankles, even while seated.  The sleeves of the dress ended in fingerless gloves, and had strange markings on the back, marking her as one who was well versed in the arcane. Or at least pretended to be.  Mokou found it hard to believe that anyone as well versed in magic as this person seemed to be trying to express she was would get lost in a place like this.

That being said, the composure with which this apparently lost person sat was unmatched by any of the other people Mokou had escorted out of the forest.  She had thought at first that maybe the person had just stopped to eat, and wasn?t really lost, but upon closer inspection she was just sitting there, as if waiting for something.

?Lost?? Mokou greeted the stranger curtly as she walked into what was apparently a clearing.  As she heard her voice, the stranger stood up from where she was sitting and turned to face her with a smile.

?No, not at all.  I?m just waiting for someone, that?s all.?

Waiting for someone? Out here? Mokou couldn?t quite hide her disbelief at the stranger?s words.  Who would ever try to organize a meeting in the middle of the night all the way out here?  They were hours away from the human village, and Mokou could very easily sense that there were no humans or youkai in the forest that didn?t already live here.

?Well, if you decide you need to get out of here, the closest exit is that way.? Mokou pointed off towards the human settlement.  She figured the stranger was probably just lying to save face, and she had no particular desire to shame the person, so she gave a little bit of helpful information and turned to leave.

?Actually, I was hoping you might be able to help me find the person I?m looking for.?

Mokou looked over her shoulder at the stranger.  She was wearing a suspicious grin, as if she had just moved some sort of diabolical plan into motion, and Mokou couldn?t help but raise her guard.  Silently, she watched the stranger, who upon seeing Mokou was listening, continued.

?You see, I?m looking for a girl by the name of Mokou. Would you happen to know where I could find her??

Mokou immediately tensed up at hearing her name.  For some reasons, this person just made her nervous.  There was something odd about her, and she realized now that she had clearly misjudged her earlier.  She most definitely was not just pretending to be some knowledgeable scholar.  Most likely, those marking were indeed meant to trick people, but the more Mokou looked at her, the more she was convinced that they were there to trick people into believing she was weaker than she actually was.

?That?s me.  Can I help you??  Still on guard, Mokou decided it would be best to play it safe and answer honestly.  She didn?t much want to have to deal with this person right now, but she had the sneaking suspicion the stranger already knew full well who she was, and attempting to trick here would likely prove dangerous. That?s odd, she thought to herself, I haven?t been worried about being in danger for centuries. What?s she going to do, kill me?.

The stranger clapped her hands together, and her suspicious grin widened into a much more genuine looking smile. ?Excellent, excellent.  I do so much more enjoy when people are honest with me.?

Mokou turned around to face the stranger directly.  As expected, the stranger had known who she was all along.  Was she being tested? Regardless, it seems like she passed.

?You see, I need a little bit of help with something, and I require your assistance.  To that end, I have come to offer you a deal.?
Mokou stood silently in front of the stranger.  She wasn?t the talkative type normally, but she just couldn?t shake the tension of the situation, no matter how politely this person was acting.

?All I need is a little bit of body guarding.  Someone like you really is perfect for it.  No matter how many times they bring you down, you can always get right back up and stop them again.  I would very much appreciate it if you would help me out, and I am more than willing to reward you handsomely.?

??body guard? Against who??

?Hmm?that?s a good question, I suppose.  Let?s see, most likely that shrine maiden that seems to be popular around here, most likely her witch friend as well...?

Reimu and Marisa? If this person needed defending from them, she was definitely not the kind of person Mokou had any desire to protect.

??hm, it seems they?ve started gathering allies?? the stranger spoke softly under her breath, though still loudly enough that Mokou had no problem hearing her.  ?At this rate, I imagine even that Lunarian Princess will join them.  Come now, there should be no problem if you just need to fight her, should there??

Mokou?s eyes narrowed. Who was this person? They needed defending from Reimu and Marisa, who were apparently gathering allies to fight her.  More importantly though?

??I don?t want to fight Kaguya.?

The stranger?s face took on a look of genuine surprise.  After a few moments of silence, she finally managed to find some words to say.
?What do you mean? You have been killing each other for centuries, why would it be a problem now??

?We?re not enemies anymore.  We don?t have a reason to fight any more.? Mokou painstakingly managed to produce an authentic sounding lie.  True, she could easily convince herself to fight Kaguya again if that?s what she really wanted, but it wasn?t what she really wanted.  What she wanted was her friendship, and she wouldn?t throw that away for some random stranger in the woods.

The stranger looked completely shocked.  Her face shifted through a handful of expressions as she tried to find something to say.  It seemed as if she was actually completely taken off guard by Mokou?s refusal.  As if she had taken it for granted that Mokou would help her.

After a few more moments, a look of realization finally dawned on the stranger?s face. ?Ah, I see. I see now. That makes sense, now that I think about it. Your memory has been failing you recently, hasn?t it??

Mokou?s eyes widened, startled.  Who was this person? She knew about her, about her history with Kaguya, and even about the fact that her memory was beginning to fail her.  The more Mokou talked with this person, the less she wanted to associate with her.  However, as she had made up her mind to leave, the stranger spoke once more.

?Do not worry, do not worry.  I know full well what it means to have difficulties with your memory. I myself have problems with my memory from time to time. As such, for a fellow sufferer, I shall give you this one gift as an act of good will.?

Mokou stared at the stranger confused.  She had wanted to leave but?this person seemed to suffer the same way Mokou did. Actually, from the way she spoke, she probably had it much worse than Mokou did.  Mokou was instantly swept up with the thought that maybe this person would be able to help.  She didn?t know why she thought so, but she immediately came to the conclusion that this person would be able to help her retain her memories.

?Don?t worry, I don?t expect anything in return for this.  Like I said, it is just a gift, out of the generosity of my own heart.? The stranger looked directly into Mokou?s eyes, holding her gaze.  Mokou?s heart began to race.  She didn?t know why, but the longer this dragged on, the more convinced she was that her memories could be restored. As she was about to open her mouth to ask, the stranger spoke one word.

Remember.

It had been little more than a whisper, yet the force of the word tore through Mokou like a hurricane. It was as if the sound itself was a howling gale, rushing through the inside of her head, and after she recovered from the shock of that one word, the mist clouding her mind was torn away.

She remembered.  She remembered it all.  Her family, her siblings, her parents?she could remember their names.  She could remember their faces?their?faces?

Mokou?s eyes instantly filled with tears.  She remembered their faces.  The faces, stained with dirt and tears.  Her mother, in anguish at being neglected and forgotten by her father.  Her siblings, crying after their father, who left home without warning.  Her father, returning home, ashamed and humiliated because of his failure to take Kaguya as his bride.

She remembered. She remembered how her family had been torn apart.  Her father never managed to shake the shame of his failure, and it followed him for the rest of his life.  Her mother was never able to forgive her father for his attempted infidelity, and the family was torn in two.  Her siblings, torn in grief and anguish by the rift formed between their parents, wishing for nothing but to be a happy family again.

A wish they never saw granted.

And at the center of it all?was that girl.

Kaguya.

She hadn?t so much as looked at them.  She had torn her father away from their family and sent him back with nothing. She had destroyed everything they had. It was her fault that her family was unable to live a happy life.

The flame of hatred, reduced to naught but an ember, burst back into life, filling Mokou with rage.  Tears streamed freely down her face as she was assailed by memory after memory of the pain and suffering her family had experienced at the hands of Kaguya, and she had never even so much as looked in their direction. One by one, the memories played in front of her eyes like a movie, filling her with a sorrow and a rage unlike any she had ever known.

Finally, the torrent stopped.  Mokou gasped as she was brought back to the present, back to the moonlit bamboo forest, standing in front of a complete and total stranger. None of this registered, however.  She was completely consumed by her own grief.

Why? Why had she thought that she could forgive Kaguya? This was bigger than herself.  She remembered now.  Her entire family?they had their one chance at a happy life stolen from them, while the one responsible will continue to live forever. Why did Mokou think that Kaguya deserved even a single moment of happiness?

Mokou sank to her knees.  She wanted to scream, but couldn?t make a sound.  She wanted to go ballistic, to go to Eientei right now and burn the place to the ground, but she couldn?t make her legs move an inch.  All she could do was sit on her knees, eyes gazing unseeingly into the depths of the forest.

The stranger walked over and stood in front of Mokou where she sat, and extended a hand to help her stand up.

?Come now, little one.  All is not yet lost.?

Mokou stared blankly at the stranger?s hand.  Briefly, something told her that her feelings were wrong.   She acutely felt that the fog blocking her memories had not disappeared, but only shifted. What was it now preventing her from seeing? She felt like it was something important, something related to Kaguya?maybe something that would explain why she had been so easy on her lately?

As the fog started to part, started to reveal the memory of what had become the most important turning point of her eternal existence, the stranger?s voice pulled Mokou out of her own thoughts.

?Come.  In exchange for your services, I shall provide you with a method of killing that Lunarian Princess once and for all.  With my help, you can erase her entirely, and give her a small portion of the pain that she gave you.?

Mokou was immediately swept up in her hate.  This stranger was offering her a way to successfully take her revenge.  Finally, after all these centuries, she would be able to put her in the ground for good.

Eyes burning, tears still streaming down her face?

?Mokou slowly reached out and took the stranger?s hand.


ninryu

  • Ordinary Magician
  • Magus Night
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #14 on: February 25, 2013, 06:31:13 PM »
Oh fuck! It's Koishi's Heart-Throbbing Adventure all over again!

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #15 on: March 01, 2013, 05:12:09 AM »
Once again, I'm not sure if I'm happy with this one, but I'm too lazy to rewrite it, so I'm just gonna drop it here and get it over with.

Also, I had heard of Koishi's Heart Throbbing Adventure before, but hadn't watched any of it until I read your comment.  It's certainly...something else lol.



Chapter 7 ? Heart or Mind

Youmu sat quietly in one of Eientei?s greeting rooms.  It had taken her the better part of a day and a half to find it, so the sun was just passing its peak as she sat quietly, pointedly ignoring the cup of tea that had been placed in front of her.

It was a bit frustrating that it had taken her so long to get here.  It wasn?t like she hadn?t been here before, and the spell hiding this place was long gone, but even so she found herself accidently walking her way out of the forest for most of the previous evening.  Of course, the last time she came she had just been following Lady Yuyuko?s lead, but even so it shouldn?t be that hard to just walk in a straight line, should it?

After a few hours of failing to make any progress, Youmu admitted defeat and set up camp outside the forest.  The following morning, she had had none of the problems of the night before.  Just as she remembered, she just had to walk in a straight line, and after a few hours of walking she found herself being greeted by a horde of rabbits.

And now she was here.  A handful of youkai rabbits she didn?t recognize led her into this room, and told her the masters would be by to greet her shortly.  After a few minutes, one youkai rabbit she very much did recognize ? Tewi, if her memory served ? delivered her a cup of tea, saying it was one of Eirin?s special recipes.  Naturally, Youmu was terrified of it, both on the grounds of it supposedly being a recipe of Eirin, a master of drugs and medicine, and it being delivered by Tewi, a master of trickery and pranking.

And so she sat and waited.  She had been waiting for a little over an hour now, and the only one she had seen was Tewi when she came to deliver the tea.  If she hadn?t seen Tewi, she might have thought that she had the wrong place, but that clearly wasn?t the case.  It seemed as if she actually was just being ignored.

So, assuming they ever show up?what?s your plan?

Plan? Why would I need a plan? She thought to herself.

?you don?t have a plan?

Of course I don?t have a plan, I?m not trying to trick them into anything. I?m just asking for help.

?you really should have a plan.

Youmu just shook her head.  Ever since she had woken up at the shrine after the intruder knocked her out in the Netherworld, her ghost half had been a lot more?vocal?than usual.  It wasn?t like she had never heard it voice its opinion before, but the occasions were few and far between.  Since she woke up then, it had started speaking to her on a regular basis, and Youmu was starting to wish it would mind its own business.

In the end, she knew it was just her own thoughts.  Her ghost half was still a part of her, so it wasn?t like it could rebel, or like it had thoughts of its own.  That?s actually what made it all the more annoying.  Not only did it like to bring things up that she already knew, it only brought things up that she already knew.  On the rare occasion it would be something she acknowledged subconsciously, but didn?t actually give any serious thought to, but most of the time it was completely redundant.

In this case, Youmu had spent her entire journey trying to decide whether she should have made a plan for how to convince the residents of Eientei to help them.  In the end, she concluded that the honest, straightforward approach would be best. It wasn?t like she was tricking them, or selling something to them.  If she was honest and direct, they would no doubt do what they could to help. She hoped.

They won?t help you. They?re smarter than that.

Youmu frowned.  This was something she had definitely not considered before.  Rather than reply to her ghost half?s claim, she instead racked her brain in an attempt to figure out why she felt that way.

They will be afraid Lady Yuyuko will just kill them.

Youmu rolled her eyes at this.  Why would they be afraid of such a thing? She specifically came to Eientei to ask for help because they were immortals.  They knew full well that Lady Yuyuko couldn?t hurt them. Well, couldn?t kill them at least.

Did you forget? Only the princess is immortal.  And there is no way they are going to let the princess ? the one they are trying to guard ? go out and fight an unknown opponent on her own.

Youmu grimaced.  She hadn?t thought about that.  Now that she did though, why was she even alive?  That stranger had no reason to spare their lives after beating them, and from the way she talked it very much seemed like she was intent on killing them.  Now, however, the only one whose life was in danger was Ran, and even then that was just speculation.  She had never killed any of them before, there was little reason to expect she would kill them now.

Isn?t that strange in the first place?

Youmu?s ghost half echoed her own thoughts.  Why did she spare them? With that giant tower she was building, and the kidnapping of Lady Yuyuko, it was obvious she was trying to do something immense. She had no respect for the spell card rules, and had outright said she was going to kill them, and yet hadn?t.  There had to be a reason for that.  She must have known that their group would come back to try and stop her again. Did she not care? Or was she planning something else?

Speaking of which?do you have a plan?

Youmu rolled her eyes once again.  She briefly contemplated lying just to get her other half to be quiet about it, but soon realized that lying to herself in order to make herself shut up was probably less than a solid strategy.

As Youmu briefly contemplated whether or not she was insane, she was pulled from her thoughts as she saw someone walk by the open door across the room from her. Apparently, the person saw Youmu out of the corner of her eye, because she stopped midstride and turned to look at her, face awash with confusion.

?Miss?Reisen, was it??
?Uh?yeah?hi??
?Is something the matter??
??this might sound rude but, uh?why are you in our house??

Youmu gave a small sigh.  She had no idea what was going on, but it suddenly made sense to her as to why she had been sitting for so long without anyone coming to see her.

?I came to ask a question of Miss Eirin and Miss Kaguya.  I was told they would be here shortly??

Judging by the expression of Reisen?s face, it seemed she understood the situation far better than Youmu did.

?Let me guess?did Tewi ask you to wait here by any chance??

And then Youmu understood.

??yes, she did.?

Reisen smiled apologetically as she turned to leave. ?I?ll go fetch my master right away.  Please wait here for just a little while longer.?
Reisen hurried away from the room, and after a few short seconds, Youmu could hear her yelling Tewi?s name, as well as a few other choice vulgarities.

A few minutes passed, and then Eirin and Reisen entered the room.  Eirin looked as calm and composed as ever, Reisen once again bore an apologetic smile, and was dragging a not-too-pleased looking Tewi behind her.

?My apologies for the wait,? Eirin greeted Youmu with a kind smile.

?Please, don?t worry about it?? Youmu instinctively replied, despite the fact she was actually quite upset.  This was no time to be playing games, and she was losing valuable time thanks to some bad joke.  Even so, she put on a composed face and prepared herself to tell her story.

?Now, how can we help you??

Covertly looking around the room, Youmu noticed that Kaguya wasn?t here.  Why not? She remembered specifically asking to speak with Kaguya as well, but it seemed as if she wasn?t here.  Odd. Maybe she was indisposed at the moment.

?I?ve come to ask you for a favour?? Youmu paused.  She had been wondering how she was going to word this for the better part of her journey here, however she hadn?t come to a satisfying conclusion. ?Truth be told, it is quite a dangerous thing I am going to ask, but that is even more reason why we need the help.?

Eirin?s face took on a serious expression, while Reisen?s showed only curiosity. Good, they were taking her seriously.

?Let me guess?a love potion??

Or maybe not.

?No! I mean?no, that?s not it.? Youmu responded hastily, trying to mask how flustered she was.   The question had caught her so off guard she couldn?t help but yell as she talked.

?I?m sorry, I?m sorry.  It seems our little Tewi?s habits are starting to rub off on me. Let me assure you, I was just joking.? By Eirin?s quiet giggling and Reisen rolling her eyes, Youmu could tell that she hadn?t been serious, but even so restoring her composure was not one of her specialties, and it took her a few moments to get back on track.

?I will start from the beginning.  If you have any questions, please interrupt me.? Seeing that they were back to being serious and paying attention, Youmu continued.

?Last week, an intruder entered the Netherworld and attacked us.  She knocked me unconscious before I could fight back and kidnapped Lady Yuyuko.  Yesterday, Reimu, Marisa and I left in search for her, after we had come to the conclusion she must be Gensokyo somewhere.?

?To make a long story short, we found her, but she was still being guarded by the intruder from before.  We confronted her, but she refused to back down, so Reimu challenged her to a spell card battle. The intruder?ignored Reimu?s challenge, and attacked us.?

Upon hearing that this stranger had attacked them without paying any regard to the spell card rules, both Reisen and Eirin?s eyes widened in surprise.

?So, I assume you won, since it was three against one?? Reisen spoke up first.

Youmu?s face turned sour. ?To be completely honest, Miss Yakumo sent her Shikigami with us, so there were actually four of us.  And?we didn?t stand a chance.  She defeated us without taking a single hit.  When we came to, all of us except for Miss Yakumo?s Shikigami were at the shrine.  We don?t know why she spared us or what happened to the Shikigami.?

Reisen?s face seemed to be fighting to make an expression of both shock and confusion at once, whereas Eirin was completely expressionless.
?As such, Reimu, Marisa and I have split up so that we can search for allies to help us put down this intruder.  The fact she isn?t willing to follow the spell card rules makes her a danger to all of Gensokyo, and she still has Lady Yuyuko with her, who seems to be being controlled by her.  There is no telling what this stranger is up to, and so we need to deal with her as soon as possible.?

?Therefore, I am here to make this request.? Youmu bowed as best as she could while sitting at the table. ?Please, assist us in any way you can to defeat this intruder, both for our sakes, and for all of Gensokyo.?

The following moments were filled with nothing but silence.  Youmu kept her head lowered as she waited for a response.  She couldn?t see the expressions on the others? faces, so she could only hope that her request would be greeted well.

That was a terrible plan.

Youmu couldn?t believe how much she wanted to hit her ghost half in the face at that one moment.  Unfortunately, she was forced to restrain herself, considering the current situation.

??what do you think, Udongein??

Youmu raised her head as she heard the question. She hadn?t expected Eirin to ask for Reisen?s opinion, but the fact that she hadn?t outright refused was a good start.

?My opinion? Hmm?? Reisen also seemed a little surprised that she had been asked.  After a thoughtful hum, she spoke slowly.

?I think it?s not a good idea.  If this person is strong enough to beat Reimu and Marisa while working together, they aren?t someone that we can take lightly.  Furthermore, we have no reason to believe she is doing anything that could negatively influence us or Gensokyo, so it seems a little premature to start gathering an army.?

Today?s experiences were starting to lower Youmu?s opinion on rabbits.

?That being said, if she is up to something, which seems likely if she?s actually kidnapped Lady Yuyuko, then they will need our help whether it?s a good idea or not.?

Maybe moon rabbits are okay.

After seeing Reisen had said her piece, Eirin responded.

?Incorrect.?

Reisen looked confused. ??what? Incorrect? My opinion is wrong??

?No, opinions can?t be wrong, they?re just opinions. Don?t be silly.?

Reisen scratched her head.  Clearly she was just as confused as Youmu was.

?Your method for reaching that opinion is what was incorrect. The first thing you should have done was ask the girl about the situation.  Do you really think that brief story told us all of the relevant information??

Reisen wilted slightly as Eirin turned back to look at Youmu.

?Now, allow me to demonstrate.  What makes you think Lady Yuyuko was kidnapped, and didn?t just go with her by choice??
Youmu sat up straight.  She supposed she did leave an awful lot of important details out of her story, so it was only natural that they wanted to hear more of them.

?Firstly, they broke into the Netherworld by force.  I find it unlikely Lady Yuyuko would assist someone who was willing to do that.  Secondly, Lady Yuyuko?s power was used to draw all of the spirits of the dead out of the Netherworld.   I know for a fact that Lady Yuyuko would never do that of her own free will.?

?So, not only has she been kidnapped, but she?s somehow being controlled as well??

?Yes, that seems to be the case.?

?You see, Udongein? Just by asking one simple question, I have learned that by confronting this opponent, all of us will die.?

Youmu felt it was wise to not mention the fact that she had actually asked two questions.  Reisen?s face seemed to express the same feeling.

?Next, what was she doing that you think all of Gensokyo is in danger??

Youmu?s heart sank upon Eirin?s analysis of her first response.  She had thought for sure she had blown her chance at getting them to help, but after announcing a confrontation would end with all of them dying, she continued to ask questions. Maybe all hope wasn?t lost?

?She was using Lady Yuyuko?s power to command all of the spirits of the dead. It looked like she was building some sort of tower, though it was incomplete.?

?She was building a tower using spirits of the dead??

?More precisely, she was building a tower out of spirits of the dead. To what end?I didn?t even know it was possible, so I?m afraid I have no idea.?

Eirin hummed thoughtfully as she tapped her lower lip with her forefinger. After a few seconds, she asked Youmu another question.

?Why did you come to us??

Youmu hesitated slightly.  This question felt an awful lot more important to her than it sounded for some reason?

?Miss Kaguya is a very powerful person.  I have seen that for myself.  I have no doubt that she would be an immense help in a confrontation, plus she is an immortal and so does not need to fear Lady Yuyuko?s abilities being manipulated against her.  Secondly, Miss Eirin is well known for being a tactical genius.  Even leaving your combat abilities aside, having you assist us with devising a strategy would be a massive boon to our side.  And even Miss Reisen is capable of holding her own in a fight, so with even just the three of you, I feel as if we stand a real chance against this stranger.?

Ignoring a quiet ?even Reisen?? coming from the back of the room, Youmu waited patiently for Eirin?s response.  Seemingly deep in thought, Eirin had her hands folded on the table in front of her and seemed almost to be spacing out.

After a few minutes of no response, Eirin finally raised her head and looked Youmu in the eye.

?I?m sorry, there?s nothing we can do to help you.?

Youmu?s heart sank, mimicking the action of Reisen?s jaw dropping in the background.  She didn?t understand.  Couldn?t she see that there was so much at stake here?

?I understand it must be difficult to hear this, but please listen.  The only one of us that could even approach her if she is controlling Lady Yuyuko is the Princess, and our duty here is to guard her, not use her as a weapon.  Furthermore, as you and Udongein both said, we have no evidence to say that what she is doing is harmful to anyone. I can understand you are concerned for Lady Yuyuko, but your assurance that ?she would never do such a thing? is frankly not enough evidence to say that she isn?t helping her intentionally.  Risking our lives to stop something that may not even be dangerous is just plain foolish.?

?In addition to that, even if we were somehow in danger, like I already said, our objective here is just to protect the Princess. I don?t wish to sound mean, but even if Gensokyo as a whole is destroyed, as long as the Princess isn?t in any danger, we can always move somewhere else.?
Eirin softened her tone as she continued speaking. ?I understand that my words must sound harsh, but they are simply the facts.  Being immortal does not equal being invincible, and if this intruder is as strong as you say she is, then provoking her ourselves will simply but the Princess in unnecessary danger.  Please try to understand.?

Youmu struggled to maintain her composure as she listened to Eirin?s logic.  She yearned to argue at every point she made, but what made the situation even more frustrating was that everything she said was right. Even if Youmu knew that Lady Yuyuko would never do something, that meant very little to anyone else.  Even if Youmu knew all of Gensokyo was in danger, to people who were initially from outside of Gensokyo, they would only be inconvenienced by having to move again.

She couldn?t believe the coldness with which Eirin had reached her conclusion, but she couldn?t deny its truth as well.  It was definitely a very dangerous proposition to attempt to defeat this stranger, who they knew nothing about. Youmu couldn?t help but feel frustrated at the fact that the very reason keeping people from helping them was the reason they needed help so badly.

If only Kaguya had been here, Youmu thought helplessly to herself.  She knew Kaguya had a much more carefree personality, and that she loved living in Gensokyo just as much as anyone else. She would surely have forced them to help her.

This is why you needed a plan.

Youmu froze.  Normally, she would have been angry at this line, but this time it instead had given her a flash of inspiration.

?I?see?well, thank you for entertaining my request.?

All she needed was a plan.  Slowly and inconspicuously, Youmu pulled her ghost half from the air behind her, and hid it behind her back.
?If it wouldn?t be too much trouble, could I at least ask you for your opinion regarding how we should proceed? I understand if you don?t wish to come with us, but even your opinions alone would be invaluable to us.?

As Eirin assented with a warm smile, Youmu?s ghost half sank beneath the floor mats. Good.  Now all she had to do was keep them talking, and hope that they didn?t notice her ghost half was missing.

It was time to set her plan into motion.


--------------


Kaguya sat patiently in her room, staring out the window.  It was late afternoon, and though the sun hadn?t quite made it down to the horizon yet, it was well on its way.

Normally, this where she sat when she wanted to look out over the forest and just enjoy the scenery.  Being immortal meant you could afford to live in the moment, and as much as Kaguya enjoyed moments of excitement and thrills, she also very much enjoyed moments of peaceful calm.
Today, however, she wasn?t sitting here to enjoy the scenery.  Instead, she was sitting here, anxiously waiting for word to come from her little rabbit legion, as she liked to call them.  To be honest, they only really listened to Tewi, but in exchange for a few favours, she managed to finally get Tewi to make them listen to her as well.  It didn?t always work out, but most of the time they were reliable for telling her simple things, like where people were, or what they were going to be having for dinner.

She had sent an invitation out to invite Mokou over by rabbit, but when the messenger had returned this morning, it had come bearing bizarre news.  Apparently, the messenger had managed to find Mokou, but some magic had prevented it from approaching her.  When the magic disappeared, Mokou was nowhere to be found, and despite searching the entire forest, they couldn?t find any clues as to where she might have gone.

It wasn?t like Mokou never left the forest, and it wasn?t like she couldn?t take care of herself.  The worrying part was the magic that had prevented the rabbits from entering.  Mokou couldn?t do anything like that, all she could do with magic was set things on fire.  In that case, someone else must have been there.  And when that person left, Mokou was gone.

Kaguya had asked the rabbits to spend the day searching for any clues as to her whereabouts, but she had yet to hear anything from them.  Generally, the rabbits were very fast at finding people in the forest.  She didn?t know how they did it, but their current longest time spent looking for someone was a little over an hour.  Now, they had spent all morning and most of the afternoon looking with no clues.

The more she thought about it, the more it bothered her.  She briefly considered going out to take a look herself.  She didn?t know how she would search, or where she would look, or if she would even be any help, but another pair of eyes out looking couldn?t hurt, could it?

A sudden gust of wind pulled Kaguya from her thoughts.  Normally, gusts of wind in the middle of a forest weren?t that strange, but this time it made her pause.  Most likely because it had come from inside the mansion, rather than from the window.  Turning to see where the wind had come from, she was greeted by a familiar looking specter.

It looked like that gardener girl from the Netherworld.  It looked like her, but there was something very different.  For starters, the colours on all her clothes seemed washed out, and her skin was dangerously pale.  In contrast, her eyes were a sharp red, and her figure wavered from time to time as if she was made of smoke.

?Hm? Is this what they call a ghost?? Worries of the previous moment forgotten, Kaguya stood up from where she was sitting and approached the phantom eagerly.  As she stepped forward however, the phantom stepped back.

?What?s wrong? Can?t I at least take a look? I?ve never been visited by a ghost before! Well, that?s not true?but still!? As she spoke, the ghost looked away, the expression on its face still blank.  It opened its mouth to say something, but no sound came out.

?Hmm?are you?trying to tell me something?? Kaguya tilted her head to the side.  This ghost was acting very strange indeed.  From the books she had read, they were supposed to appear fleetingly, and disappear if you so much as focused your attention on them.  This one, however, seemed like it was trying to convey some sort of message.

After Kaguya?s question the ghost turned around and walked out of the room, straight through the closed door.

?Wait, wait! I?m not done yet!? Kaguya frantically chased after the ghost. However, after opening the door of the room, she stopped dead in her tracks as she saw the ghost standing right in front of her, looking her in the eye.

?Maybe?you want me to follow you?? At this, the ghost nodded its head slowly, and began walking through the corridors of the mansion.
Kaguya?s heart began to race.  She had no idea what this ghost wanted, but it wasn?t every day a ghost arrived in your house and asked you to follow it around.  Eagerly, her mind raced ahead trying to imagine all of the different things it could want to show her.  She continued to follow the ghost at a careful pace throughout the mansion, as it slowly winded its way down the stairs and towards the first floor?


---------------


?It?s a very tricky problem indeed?? Eirin pondered aloud as Youmu took another sip of her tea.  As expected, the tea Tewi had given her had been a trap, so Reisen had gone and retrieved some safer drinks for the three of them.  Tewi still sat unhappily restrained by Reisen.

?Illusion magic, control of earth and stone, controlling shadows and lightning, seemingly untouchable, immune to binding spells?it seems obvious at least that she is a youkai of many talents.?

?Aside from the last two, those seem like pretty simple magics though?? Reisen chipped in with an opinion of her own.  It seemed if she didn?t speak up from time to time, Eirin would force an answer out of her, and generally it would be for a question Reisen had no hope of answering correctly, so she had gotten in the habit of slipping comments into the gaps in conversation.

?True.  It is quite likely they are simply experienced in a wide area of magic, and other two abilities are unrelated.  That would probably be the best possibility.?

?That means her magic shouldn?t be that strong or complicated, right?? Youmu tried to act similarly to how Reisen was acting.  True, she was just trying to buy time, but even so any information she could glean from Eirin would be helpful, and the best way to get information from her would be to get her to talk as much as possible.

?To a certain extent, that could be true.  The more important part, however, is that if she?s spent time learning how to do simple magics like those, it reduces the chances of her having learned something more troublesome.  However, she does still have these other two characteristics??

Youmu lost focus on the conversation as she felt her ghost half come back into range.  As much as it was still a part of her, and could go essentially any distance without difficulty, her connection to her ghost half had a very small range.  It would still do as she told it, but she no longer would have her senses linked with it if it moved any significant distance away.  As she resumed her connection, she could tell it had manifested into a clone of herself, and was being followed by someone.

Trying her best not to smile openly at her success, she led the follower towards the room they were now sitting in, and had her clone walk directly into the door.  Carefully, as soon as it passed through the first panel of the door, she dissolved the clone, and had her ghost half run under the bottom of the floor back behind her.

Somehow, the others hadn?t noticed her ghost half go missing, and it had taken her far less time to find her target than she had expected.  Of course, the time spent was still just tense waiting, as she had no idea how well it was going until the visitor arrived, but clearly things were working out.

Oddly though, she couldn?t hear any footsteps in the hallway.  She could hear them fine when her ghost half was out in the corridor, but she no longer could now that it was back at her side.  As she wondered this silently to herself, the door to the room suddenly slid open.

Standing in the doorway was Kaguya Houraisan.  She seemed to be looking intently for something, and once her eyes landed on Youmu, she pointed and yelled.  At least, it looked like she yelled? No sound came out of her mouth, so the whole thing looked awfully strange.

?Umm?is something the matter?? Youmu asked, attempting to sound timid, in response to Kaguya?s ?shout.? Eirin and Reisen looked confused, as one would if they had just seen someone randomly start talking to themselves in the middle of a conversation, but strangely enough Kaguya?s expression matched their confusion. Tilting her head to the side and scratching lightly at her hair, she raised her other hand up to the open doorway, palm first, and pushed.

The entire room jumped at the loud popping sound that resulted.

?Eirin, why is this room soundproofed?? Kaguya asked innocently, face still awash with confusion.

Eirin?s eyes widened upon hearing Kaguya?s voice, though she immediately looked at Youmu rather than responding to her.  Reisen looked surprised to see her, but otherwise unconcerned.

Youmu did her best to look innocent.  She could tell it wasn?t working.

Seeing Eirin wasn?t responding, Kaguya?s eyes narrowed. ?You were trying to keep me out of an important discussion again, weren?t you??
Eirin sighed and closed her eyes.  Reisen did her best to look at nothing in particular. Tewi giggled quietly.

?I told you that you have to let me be a part of making the decisions around here! Just because I?m the princess doesn?t mean I?m a helpless child!? Kaguya walked into the room and, despite how upset she sounded, sat quite gracefully at the table along with the other three.

?Now, miss ghosty ghost.  I know the other two won?t tell me, so please tell me what?s been going on here.?

?Please?call me?Youmu?? Youmu struggled to say after Kaguya?s?interesting method of addressing her.  Both Reisen and Tewi could be heard failing to contain their laughter behind them.  The whole situation was made unbelievably worse by how serious Kaguya?s face had been when she said it.

Looking to Eirin to see if she would interfere, she saw her shaking her head in resignation.  Good, it seems they wouldn?t interfere.

?I know your time is precious, so please allow me to give you an abridged version, Miss Houraisan.?

?Please, call me Kaguya.? The Princess smiled warmly at Youmu as she spoke.  Youmu?s heart soared; she could already tell things were about to go her way splendidly.

?Reimu, Marisa and I attempted to confront a stranger who had kidnapped Lady Yuyuko. She had no regard for the spell card rules, however, and after a short battle easily defeated all of us. It seems she is planning on doing something dangerous by abusing Lady Yuyuko?s power and authority, so we are seeking help to defeat her and rescue my Mistress.?

?And naturally, you agreed to help, right Eirin?? Kaguya shifted her gaze to Eirin, her tone of voice quite clearly demonstrating she knew Eirin had done just the opposite.

?Princess, we can?t afford to help them. We have nothing to gain by assisting them, and even by her short description of the situation you should be able to tell that all our lives would be put in grave danger if we did.?

?If lives weren?t in danger, they would never have come to ask us for help!?

?Princess, please.  I know how you feel, and I know you want to protect our new home.  But sacrificing ourselves for nothing will not help to accomplish that goal!?

?Neither will sitting back here, twiddling our thumbs while all our friends die!?

Youmu quietly listened to the exchange between the two.  It seemed she had set off a bomb without knowing it, and judging by the looks on everyone else?s faces, it seemed as if this was not the first time this kind of conversation had been held.

?Princess, our role here is to protect you.  I cannot in good conscience put others? lives at stake to help in some unrelated cause.?

?Then I?ll go help them myself.  If it?s your duty to protect me, then protect me against this intruder.?

?Kaguya??

Despite the fact that Kaguya was vehemently against Eirin?s decision as Youmu had planned, Eirin was not giving in to her as easily as she had hoped she would.  As the tense standoff between the two continued?one small rabbit hopped into the room through the still open door.
Everyone turned to watch the small rabbit scamper its way across the floor over to Tewi, who was still sulking behind Reisen.

?It?s uh?a message for you, Kaguya.?

Kaguya waited silently.  She had started to look awfully tense?was she expecting a message to come by rabbit? Could rabbits even carry messages?

?It says they weren?t able to find who they were looking for, but they saw who she was with before she disappeared?whatever that means.?

Youmu frowned.  Someone had disappeared? She wasn?t that familiar with the residents of Eientei, but all of the residents she knew of were present and accounted for.  Was it someone else??

?Who? Who was it??

??they didn?t recognize them.  Apparently black dress, and black hair.?

A feeling of dread suddenly washed over Youmu.  ?Was this person by chance wearing a silver necklace??

Tewi looked at Youmu briefly, then back to the rabbit.  The rabbit didn?t make any response but?

??seems so.  Friend of yours??

Aside from Tewi, the room turned slowly to look at Youmu, who was suddenly feeling very unwell.  ?May I?ask who it was that went missing??

?It?s her, isn?t it? That?s the stranger that you were talking about, wasn?t it?? Kaguya seemed to get upset.  It appears whoever had gone missing was a friend of hers.

?The missing person is Fujiwara no Mokou.  I?m sure you are familiar with her.?

?What is she doing to Mokou? Tell me what?s happening!? Kaguya was starting to get frantic, but Youmu was at a loss for words.  She had no idea what this person could possibly want with Mokou.  She was immortal, yes, but other than that she didn?t really have any special abilities?

?I?m afraid I have no idea.  But, together with the fact that she?s immortal, and the fact the stranger spared myself twice and the others I was with when we lost, I find it likely that she is not in immediate danger?? Youmu gave her honest opinion, but it didn?t seem to help Kaguya come down at all.

Something seemed wrong with her.  She was angry when she was arguing with Eirin.  She was angry, but she was composed.  Now, she was nothing of the sort.  She was still angry, but more than that, it seemed she was?scared?  Of course, she was most likely worried about her friend.  But this felt like more than that?

Ah, yes.  That was why it felt odd.  It reminded her of how she felt when she had learned her mistress had been abducted.

?Eirin?? Kaguya barely managed to say between gritted teeth.

?This?is bad?? was Eirin?s only response.  A look of deep concern was engraved into her features, as if she was deep in thought, and wasn?t enjoying it one bit.  ?Udongein, your opinion??

Reisen gulped.  ?Fujiwara no Mokou?no special abilities, aside from being an immortal.  Attained immortality via the same method as the Princess.  Apparently abducted by someone strong enough to kidnap and manipulate the Princess of the Netherworld. If we?re looking for connections between the two?both are immortal, though by different means.  Nothing else that I can think of.?

?You think she is targeting immortals?? Youmu asked an honest question.  It wasn?t something she had thought of before, as Lady Yuyuko was only ?technically? immortal, not actually immortal.  But if what they had said was true?

?I arrived at the same conclusion, but by different means?? Eirin appended to Reisen?s statement. ?Lady Yuyuko is only immortal by chance, it is not an actual trait she possesses. However, Mokou has no special abilities, no features that make her stand out, save for her immortality.  That alone leads me to the conclusion she is targeting immortals.?

Reisen gulped. ?Which means, the Princess might be next??

??the probability of that is low.  We are only assuming based on one piece of information. However?low does not equal zero.?

The whole room turned to watch Eirin.  She was still apparently deep in thought.  The seconds dragged on, so Youmu turned her thoughts to the matter at hand.  Mokou had been abducted, or possibly gone by her free will.  Mokou was no one special, so she had probably been targeted entirely because she is an immortal. Was the stranger going to try and replicate that immortality? Or, even worse, find out a way to get around it? As Youmu continued trying to figure out why Mokou had been targeted in the first place, she was drawn from her thoughts by Eirin?s voice.

?It?s not zero, and therefore it?s a chance we can?t afford to take.  In addition, she has now attacked the Princess? friend, which is an action we cannot excuse.?

As Eirin spoke, Youmu surveyed the faces in the room.  Tewi didn?t look like she was paying attention.  Reisen looked like she was listening as if what Eirin said next would determine whether they all lived or died.  Kaguya?s face still looked tense, but her eyes were starting to look hopeful.  Eirin?Eirin was expressionless, but no one could mistake the fire in her eyes.

?Go get yourselves ready.  We leave by sunset.?


TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #16 on: March 08, 2013, 10:53:34 PM »
In this episode, things that will maybe someday be relevant.  Also a lot of me making up stuff.

Also Suwako.




Chapter 7.5 ? Native Faith

Suwako sighed heavily as she sat atop the roof of the Moriya Shrine.  Normally, she did her best to not show up at the shrine while visitors were there ? part of her deal with Kanako ? but the shrine hadn?t had any visitors for days.  Maybe even a week.

?but despite that, for some reason Kanako wasn?t worried.  Sanae was causing quite the ruckus about the lack of visitors, but Kanako hadn?t had much to say.  It was almost as if she was exhausted by something, and was relishing taking a break.  Suwako personally thought it was pretty bad form for a god collecting faith to be taking breaks, especially when followers had stopped coming to the shrine, but she figured Kanako knew what she was doing.

That being said, Suwako did not have any idea what she was doing.  She had figured that maybe there was something going on with the mountain youkai preventing them from coming to the shrine, and that?s why Kanako wasn?t worried.  So, since she didn?t particularly have much else to do, she went to go check it out.

It was surprisingly difficult finding?anyone.  The mountain wasn?t exactly overflowing with youkai at the best of times, but the not being able to find any at all was unprecedented.  Worried that something might have happened to the youkai of the mountain after all, Suwako stepped up her investigation.

This naturally led her to seek out places where youkai were guaranteed to live.  The first and closest place she could think of was the Tengu village.  Upon arriving, she had discovered that the village had been completely sealed off.  And not something simple, like the gates were closed.  A magical barrier had been erected around the entire village, closing off the village from all outsiders.

Naturally, out of concern for the Tengu, she attempted to break through and check the inside of the village, but it became quickly apparent to her that the barrier was one way ? while it prevented outsiders from getting in, it didn?t stop those inside from leaving.  It was obvious that the Tengu had set it up for their own defense, and if they were concerned enough to set up a barrier like this, then they would likely not take kindly to her breaking in.  She was desperate for information that these Tengu obviously had, but making them attack her wouldn?t help her case.  So, grudgingly, she moved on.

As she wandered the mountain, she had wondered.  What could possibly have scared the Tengu enough that they would put up such a barrier, yet would go unnoticed by her and Kanako?  They Tengu were a very?mobile people, so perhaps they had just caught wind of a distant threat and were taking early precautions?  Regardless, she could at least conclude that the Tengu were safe, even if she hadn?t seen them.

Maybe the rest of the youkai were in hiding like the Tengu were? But that again raises the question, what could possibly have driven all of the youkai into hiding without anyone at the Moriya Shrine catching a whiff of it?  As she neared the base of the mountain, still no luck finding any youkai, her thoughts began to turn to the Hakurei Shrine Maiden.  She seemed to generally be in the know about incidents like this, so if nothing else, she might be able to get some information from her.

However, she felt it was more important to continue checking on the residents of Youkai Mountain.  If there was some problem here, it needed to be dealt with as fast as possible.  Technically speaking it wasn?t really any of her business, but if an agent of the Moriya Shrine were to help resolve a crisis for the youkai, that would help everyone out, wouldn?t it?

Thinking this, she arrived at the settlement of the Kappa.  What she found there was so unexpected that it took her a few minutes to even form a proper reaction.

The Kappa were generally a quiet, peaceful folk.  They kept mainly to themselves and worked fervently to achieve goals only they knew of.  Their settlements were generally either underwater or in caves, with the odd building out by a river that they would call a ?research laboratory,? whatever that meant.  This, however, was not like any laboratory she had seen before.

There were Kappa everywhere.  They weren?t near any large bodies of water or caves, just a decently sized river, yet the Kappa must have measured in the hundreds. The air was filled with a sense of crazed excitement, as if they had just discovered some secret that would revolutionize the world, and they were the only ones who could actualize it.

After a few minutes of observation, Suwako could tell that, contrary to her initial hypothesis, the Kappa were not building a city.  Sure, there were what looked like living quarters and other various structures whose purposes she didn?t understand, but the haphazard and ramshackle nature of the dwellings led to the obvious conclusion that they were fully intended to be temporary, and none of the other structures looked like they had much space in them for anyone to live.

As she walked around inspecting the structures being built by the Kappa, trying to figure out what exactly they were supposed to be for, it took a surprisingly long time for the Kappa to notice her presence.  After one of the more flighty of the Kappa ran off screaming at the sight of her, the rest of the Kappa watched her nervously, trying to ascertain whether she was friend or foe.

She, of course, paid them no mind.  As word of her arrival spread throughout the Kappa encampment, everything began grinding to a halt.  As she continued to inspect the structures, she was becoming increasingly aware of how the Kappa were spending all their time watching her, and none of their time finishing building these?things.  What even were they?  They looked like big towers with oddly shaped bowls on the top.  They were very similar to the satellite dishes she had seen in the outside world, before coming to Gensokyo, except they had a much steeper curve and all were facing directly upwards.  Surely, these Kappa weren?t trying to catch signals from satellites, were they?

After inspecting the prebuilt structures to her contentment, Suwako decided maybe she could learn more from watching them being built.  However, as she surveyed the encampment, she realized that every single Kappa in the entire encampment had stopped working and was now watching her nervously.  She could hear a few whispers from the back, barely carrying over the sound of whirring from various machines, but nothing was getting done anymore.

?Come on, come on, let?s go! Get back to work, get back to work!? Suwako suddenly starting clapping her hands and yelled at the Kappa to continue working.  Was it really that bizarre they had a visitor?  These Kappa really needed to work on their social skills if they were going to start building out from their cities.

After a few moments of dumb silence, the Kappa eventually began giving off varying degrees of surprise and exclamation, and the hectic, anxious work environment was reborn.  Within seconds she had been completely forgotten, and the construction of their bizarre towers restarted in earnest.

?E-e-excuse me, c-c-can I h-h-help you??  After a few minutes of continuing to observe, one small Kappa approached her.  She seemed so nervous that she might take off running if Suwako spoke a little too loudly.  Poor thing.

?Hi. My name is Suwako Moriya,? she spoke, intentionally emphasizing her last name.  Kanako had told her that her relationship with the Kappa was a comparatively good one, so hopefully she could use her connection to the Moriya Shrine to smooth things over here a little better.  She wouldn?t find out anything useful if everyone was too scared to talk to her.

The Kappa tilted her head to the side slightly as she heard Suwako?s name.  After a few seconds of silently muttering to herself, her eyes suddenly went wide. ?Oh, that Moriya? From the shrine on the mountain??

Suwako nodded, smiling.  Good, she was familiar with the shrine.  Hopefully in a good way.

?P-pleasure to meet you.  My name is Nitori.  Ah, um?Nitori Kawashiro.?  The Kappa gave a quick bow as she introduced herself.  She was still nervous, but it seemed she was losing her anxiety to?excitement?  She didn?t realize the shrine?s relations with the Kappa were that good.

Well, best not to ask questions about these things.

?I was wondering?? Suwako spoke, careful not to sound as if she was talking down to the Kappa. ?What exactly are you guys doing here??
Nitori fidgeted quietly, eyes shifting from side to side.  It seems she was reluctant to answer the question, though Suwako couldn?t figure out why.  Were they trying to keep this a secret? Pretty bad placement if that was the case.  No, looking at Nitori, it didn?t seem like she was trying to hide anything, more like she was having trouble putting what she wanted to say into words.

?Well, simply put?ah?ummm...these uhh, towers? Yeah, these towers, they collect?um?spell energy from the air, and?the energy is stored in crystals underground. So that we can use it later, for uh?umm?for things.?  Nitori blushed slightly, looking at Suwako to see if she had been understood.  She seemed to know full well how bad she was at explaining things, but she had done a good job of getting the message across, so Suwako had no idea why she looked so embarrassed.

?So these satellite dish things collect magical energy from the air, huh?? Suwako gazed briefly over the encampment again as she spoke.  A confused expression passed over Nitori?s face briefly before she replied.  Maybe using the word ?satellite dish? had been a mistake?

?N-no, not magical energy.  Spell energy.  There?s a big difference.?  Looking back to Nitori?s face, Suwako could see her excitement was mounting.  She clearly wanted to say more on the subject, but was holding herself back out of politeness.  She really looked like an overeager child that was explaining her favourite toy to someone.  Well, Suwako had plenty of time, she had no reason not to indulge her.  Nitori?s eyes positively sparkled when Suwako gestured for her to continue.

?Y-you see, um?magical energy is what we use to use magic, cast spells, and?uh, and such.  All living things generate magical energy, and typically there is a correlation between a youkai?s strength and the amount of magical energy they can produce.  H-however, uhh?more importantly is the correlation between how much magical energy they can?uhh, control, and how strong they are.  Because you see, there is more magical energy around then they can, um?produce themselves.?

?Since things like flora?uh, plants can generate magical energy but not, um?use it, there is always a surplus. So, when someone wants to cast a spell, they can draw on the magical energy either from themselves or from the environment around them. If there is enough in the environment around them. Well, most people tend to just use the energy they produce. Because it?s more reliable.?

?So uh, when a spell is cast, it consumes magical energy, but it results in something very different.  Until recently, most people...err, we?thought that when magical energy was consumed, it just disappeared. That it was all used up to create the effect.  But recently, I?um, we discovered that there is another by-product of magic, another kind of energy very different from magical energy.  I?er, we call it spell energy.?

Suwako?s head was swimming.  It wasn?t that what Nitori was saying was hard to understand, or that it was new to her. Indeed, none of it was new to her except the part about spell energy.  But the girl talked so fast, stumbled over herself so much, that Suwako was having a hard time keeping up.  She hoped it wouldn?t get much more complicated, because if it did, combined with Nitori?s excited and not particularly fluid speech, she was bound to miss an awful lot.

?So, um?spell energy can?t be used for magic, so most people thought it was useless, but I?um, we thought that if we could find a use for it, we?d have uhh?something good.  So we set up these receivers?uh, towers, so that we could collect as much of it as possible. And we already figured out how to use it, so now it?s just a matter of collecting as much as possible.?

?So?what exactly is it useful for, then? If you can?t use it for magic, what?s the point?? Suwako asked the question knowing the potential it had to spark a wildfire of a response, but Nitori looked like she was having so much fun she couldn?t help herself.

?Well, most people want to use it as a fuel source,? Nitori talked on excitedly, all traces of her former nervousness completely gone. ?As fuel, it could be used for anything, from heating and cooling, to construction, to weapons?there?s very little I...er, we couldn?t use it for.  We?d have to redesign our machines to run on different fuel, but it?s certainly a possibility.?

Nitori looked around furtively before taken a step closer, her voice dropping to a whisper. ?But, I have a much more interesting theory for how it could be used.  I recently figured out that if you add another source of energy to the spell energy, it turns back into magical energy.?
?I assume you don?t add magical energy to it to get that effect,? Suwako replied, matching Nitori?s hushed tone. After all, adding magical energy to spell energy to create magical energy seemed like a less than profitable endeavour.

?Not magical energy, but almost anything else works.  Electricity, heat, light?my test results are even showing some reaction with sound and pressure.  Basically though, if you add another energy source to this spell energy, it turns back into magical energy.?

?So, it?s just going to turn into a method to recycle magical energy from your spells??

Nitori shook her head fervently. ?No, no no no, no. Much more exciting than that! We all produce our own magical energy anyways, there?s no need to recycle it. But think instead, what if we could make an opponent?s spell recombine with its spell energy? It would be converted right back into harmless, raw magical energy.  We?re talking about a flawless anti-magic device! And if you could control whose magic would be affected, spell card battles would be practically unloseable! Or maybe as armor?think, perfect immunity to all magic! Or maybe-?

?Ok, yes, I get it, it?s fantastic!? Suwako couldn?t help but cut off Nitori as she was about to continue.  She had no problems hearing her out, but this had the makings of an endless list of pure speculation, and she had very real concerns that she wanted to deal with before sunset.

?Isn?t it, though?!? Nitori?s eyes were still sparkling, showing no signs that she was bothered in the least that she had been cut off.

?So, why the sudden surge of activity? I don?t see why there?s such a big rush to construct these towers so quickly??

Nitori blinked a few times, confused. ?Can?t you feel it? We need to finish constructing as much as possible so we can collect as much as we can before it passes.?

It was Suwako?s turn to be confused. ?Before what passes??

?Really? You don?t feel anything? There?s so much in the air right now that most youkai are all falling asleep!?

Something clicked in Suwako?s head.  She didn?t know what was going on quite yet, but suddenly she came to the conclusion that the sudden burst of Kappa activity and the vanishing of all the other youkai were connected. She briefly pondered over what she knew, and quickly came up with a new hypothesis.

?Let me guess.  There is an abnormally large amount of spell energy moving through, and you are trying to catch as much of it as possible??

?Obviously,? Nitori stated, strangely informal in her tone of voice.  Apparently she was quick to warm up to people. Even gods. ?Are you actually telling me you can?t feel it in the air? It should feel just like normal magical energy??

Something else clicked. ?No, I don?t feel it.  Being an entity powered by faith, I derive all of the magical energy I use from the faith of my followers. I can?t interact with magical energy in the environment like most people.?

?Ohhh, that explains why you aren?t asleep like the others??

??why does that explain it? And wait, what does this have to do with the other youkai being asleep??

Nitori crossed her arms in front of her and adopted a very know-it-all expression. ?I see, I see. It makes sense you wouldn?t know about any of this.  Here, I?ll explain it to you.? Suwako raised an eyebrow at the Kappa.  She was really okay with acting this casually with her? A second ago she was almost too afraid to talk to her at all.

?You see, youkai all require magical energy to sustain themselves. But, for normal youkai, there would be no way to discern between magical energy and spell energy, since they?ve never even heard of spell energy before.  However, spell energy is fundamentally different from magical energy, it doesn?t fulfill the same functions that magical energy does to keep the youkai alive.  Instead, it triggers a sort of hibernation mode, since the youkai will unconsciously feel like the area is being starved of magical energy, despite consciously feeling like there is an overabundance of it.?

So that explained why all the youkai were missing from the mountain.  They must have been sleeping off the wave of spell energy that was supposedly saturating the air. The Tengu most likely erected a barrier around the village so that they would be safe from intruders while they napped.  The Tengu were a surprisingly private people, despite how surprisingly nosey many of them were.

But that didn?t explain how the Kappa were even more active than normal.  Shouldn?t they have gone into a similar hibernation mode? They were youkai, after all.

Nitori?s eyes begged her to ask the question.

?So, how come the Kappa aren?t effected then? Why are you guys working so much harder than usual while everyone else is asleep?? Suwako bit the bullet and gave in.  She wasn?t much in the mood for long explanations anymore, but if that?s what it took to find out what she wanted to know?

?We had already discovered the existence of spell energy before the giant wave of it had come.  Taking precautions for it had been easy.?

?So, the next inevitable question would then be?why is there so much of it all of the sudden??

Nitori scratched her head.  ?We have no idea.  Someone must have set off something big. Something huge. By the amount there is, I wouldn?t have been surprised if Youkai Mountain was the only thing that had been left in Gensokyo.?

Suwako had been comforted upon hearing that the problem plaguing the youkai of the mountain was just a temporary drowsiness, but upon hearing this, she began to worry all over again.

?Oh, but don?t worry,? Nitori hastily added upon seeing Suwako?s worried expression. ?We already thoroughly investigated the cause of the wave, and there actually hasn?t been any negative influence on Gensokyo from the source spell.  It seems like the spell was directed?somewhere else. Couldn?t tell you where though??

?that was odd.  A spell who?s fallout was large enough to put the entire Youkai mountain to sleep, but didn?t have any negative effect on Gensokyo? What could that have possibly been?

?When did this spell happen? The one that created all this spell energy??

Nitori bit her lower lip and frowned as she did some quick mental calculations.  ?Must have been?less than a month.  If it?s over Youkai Mountain now?I would guess two to three weeks ago??

?And when will the spell energy pass on??

?If my calculations are correct, by around sunset tomorrow.?

Suwako hummed thoughtfully.  It seemed the disaster she had predicted wasn?t going to happen at all.  The event would be over in two days, and everything would go back to normal. She almost felt a little let down that she hadn?t been able to swoop in and save the day. That would have been great for the Shrine?s reputation.

Well, she had already come all the way out here, so she figured she might as well try to do something productive.  She might not be able to get the youkai of the mountain praising her for saving them, but she could at least help their friendship with the Kappa by lending a hand for a bit.

?Anything I can do to help??

Nitori?s face broke into a wide, almost sinister grin. ?I thought you?d never ask!?



-----------------



Suwako sighed heavily as she sat atop the roof of the Moriya Shrine. It had been a long day?s work for her at the Kappa?s encampment at the foot of the mountain, but it seemed that with her help, they had managed to reach their goal.  They would manage to fill all of their storage units to the brim by noon of the next day, all thanks to the fact that Suwako could simply create the towers they needed out of earth and metal, rather than having to wait for them to be constructed. It took her a few tries to get it right, but in the end, even Nitori, who had apparently approached her in the first place in an attempt to recruit her help, had been surprised at just how helpful she had been.

Now, relishing the feeling of a job well done, Suwako sat atop the Moriya Shrine, gazing across the grounds as they were illuminated by the moonlight.  Kanako was off doing whatever Kanako did, while Sanae was most likely inside the shrine asleep.  Suwako, however, just sat and enjoyed the night.

While she had been working, she had been mulling over what Nitori had said about the cause of all the excess spell energy in the air.  Apparently, it would have had to have been a spell large enough to wipe out the majority of Gensokyo, yet it had no adverse effects that they could discern.  Or any effects at all for that matter, aside from expelling all of the spell energy.

Nitori had hypothesized that it had been aimed somewhere out of Gensokyo, but where? It couldn?t target the outside world, the Hakurei Border prevented that. She found it unlikely that it had targeted the Netherworld, or Hell.  They would have felt major backlash ? major backlash ? if someone had done something to bother the Enma.

Maybe?the moon? Suwako shuddered.  Things would not be good at all if someone from Gensokyo provoked the Lunarians.  She didn?t know much about them, but she knew enough that she knew warring with them would end very badly for everyone involved.

As she continued to ponder, she was pulled from her thoughts by the sight of a lone woman, dressed entirely in black, walking up the steps at the front of the shrine.




So I'm pretty impressed that this has gotten over 500 thread views, and its not even halfway through the story at the moment.  Thanks for the interest guys, hopefully I can maintain that interest all the way til the end :)

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #17 on: March 16, 2013, 11:59:36 PM »
I meant to post this update earlier, but then I didn't.  So here you guys go.



Chapter 8 ? Youkai Mountain Alliance

Finally, after the better part of two days, Reimu reached the Moriya Shrine.

It wasn?t her first time here, nor her second.  In fact, she had been forced to come here a fair number of times, every single time because a certain someone was meddling in affairs they had no business meddling in.  So, today marked the first time Reimu had visited the shrine without the intent of complaining or punishing its residents.

Her journey here had been very different from her other trips here.  Normally, she would have had to fight or sneak her way passed more than a few overeager youkai and fairies.  This time however, she hadn?t been confronted a single time.

She noticed at the foot of the mountain a large number of new structures, looking like towers with bowls on top, that were seemingly completely abandoned.  Figuring it was simply another failed Kappa experiment, she flew on without worrying.

As she climbed the mountain and entered Tengu territory, she then noticed the distinct lack of any guards.  Normally, she would be confronted by at least one of the Tengu every time she passed through, just so that they could confirm she wasn?t going to cause any problems for them.  This time, however, she hadn?t seen a single one.  Nor had she seen any fairies, which were generally drawn to the waterfalls on the mountain.

Reimu couldn?t help but be reminded of her own situation at the Hakurei Shrine.  She hadn?t seen any youkai for quite a while, and it seemed that it wasn?t just a local effect.  If Youkai Mountain of all places had no youkai on it, there must have been something seriously wrong.

As she stepped onto the shrine grounds, her worries were compounded.  The entire shrine, as far as she could tell from the entrance, was completely deserted.  There was no sign that anyone was around, and though the place still looked like it was being cleaned up regularly, the whole place had a very undisturbed aura about it. Combined with the overcast sky and cold wind, the area gave off a strange sense of foreboding.

Doing her best to ignore the bad premonition that was beginning to well up in her mind, Reimu slowly approached the main shrine.  The Moriya Shrine itself wasn?t all that much bigger than the Hakurei Shrine.  The buildings were about the same size, and it was situated in a clearing that was slightly bigger than the Hakurei Shrine?s, but it was similar enough that Reimu didn?t feel like she was somewhere alien when she arrived.  Though maybe that was more related to the number of times she had been forced to come here.

As she approached the main building, she saw at the corner of her vision a person flying towards her from the sky behind the shrine. Recognizing her immediately, Reimu stopped and waited for her to approach.

Landing gracefully in front of her and curtsying dramatically was the Moriya Shrine Maiden.
 
?Welcome to the Moriya Shrine,? Sanae said with a teasing voice as she stood from her curtsy. ?How may we be of service to you on this fine spring day??

?There?s nothing fine about this day,? Reimu said with a wry grin as she looked at the steel gray sky.  Despite the overcast, it didn?t seem like it was going to rain anytime soon. It was almost as if the clouds were waiting for permission before they could let loose, and didn?t expect to get it any time soon.

?Every day is a fine day at the Moriya Shrine!? Sanae responded enthusiastically to Reimu?s cynicism. Reimu couldn?t help but feel that Sanae?s bright smile was sharply contrasting with the current state of the shrine around her.

?So?where is everyone?? Reimu asked as she looked around.  Now that she thought about it, the shrine had a feeling of emptiness to it.  Despite never seeing the god enshrined at the Hakurei Shrine, she could always tell it was there.  The Moriya Shrine right now felt like?something was missing.  Something important.

?What do you mean? I am the only one that tends the shrine, so isn?t it normal that I?m the only one here when there are no visitors?? Sanae readopted her teasing tone of voice.  For some reason Reimu couldn?t figure out, it always seemed as if Sanae would go out of her way to make conversations as difficult as possible for her. Doing her best to ignore her playing around, Reimu continued.

?Kanako isn?t here at all, is she??

At that, Sanae suddenly looked flustered. ?Why, whatever do you mean? As the god of the Moriya Shrine, Lady Kanako is always watching over those who visit the shrine.? In a similar vein, she also tended to refuse to give Reimu straight answers to questions she asked.  They had met enough times now that Reimu knew not to indulge her playing around.  Otherwise, their conversations would take a long time.  A long time.

?I need to see Kanako. It?s important.  Where is she?? Reimu asked the question as straightforwardly as she could.  In her experience, although Sanae was willing to lead you on forever in a conversation, she rarely tried to evade a direct request.

After a brief pause, Sanae responded with a strangely thoughtful expression on her face. ?Say, Reimu, how many visitors has your shrine had in the past week??

Unfortunately, ?rarely? does not mean ?never.?

As Reimu opened her mouth to demand information on Kanako?s whereabouts, she noticed Sanae?s expression had turned serious. She had no doubts she was attempting to dodge the question from before, but it seemed she was legitimately interested in this question as well.  I suppose cooperating with her is the first step in getting her to cooperate with me, Reimu thought to herself with a sigh.

?Very few.  I?ve seen a handful of people about two or three days ago, but before that there was about two weeks where no one had come to visit at all.?

Sanae?s expression seemed to both light up and turn grim at the same time. ?Do you?have any idea why??

??no, why do you ask?? Though she asked, she had a pretty good idea of why Sanae had asked the question.

Sanae?s expression faltered once more.  ?We?ve had?no visitors for the past week and a bit.  I?ve done what investigating I can, but I can?t even find anyone around to ask about it?Lady Kanako doesn?t seem to know why either, and I?m starting to get worried.?

Reimu thought back on what she knew.  There was a span of approximately two weeks in which no visitors came to the shrine.  Similarly, the Moriya Shrine was having no visitors either.  Was there a connection between them? Most likely.  Was it connected to the appearance of that stranger? Almost definitely.

?Actually, there was something?? Reimu suddenly recalled her brief discussion with Chen a few days earlier.  As Reimu looked up from her thoughts to mention it, Sanae did the same, intently listening to Reimu?s words.  It seemed she was very serious about matters related to the shrine.  Far more than Reimu had ever been, at least.

?Please, if there?s anything at all, I would like to hear it.?  Misjudging Reimu?s hesitation as unwillingness to speak, Sanae urged her onwards.  Clearing her throat, Reimu continued.

?One of Yukari?s shikigami?shikigami?s shikigami?anyways, a cat youkai that was at the shrine recently mentioned something about the air being strange.  She said it was putting all of the youkai to sleep?or something.  We didn?t talk much, and she didn?t explain very well.?

?Something in the air?? Sanae started pacing back and forth between Reimu and the shrine building, deep in thought. Suddenly, she turned and looked at Reimu.  ?Well, we only get youkai as visitors here, since we?re on Youkai Mountain, but you are a lot closer to the human village.  If whatever it is is just putting youkai to sleep, why haven?t you been getting any human visitors??

Reimu?s expression turned bitter.  As soon as she saw that, Sanae?s face descended into a mischievous grin. ?Oh, is that it.  I see, I see.  No need to be ashamed Reimu, not all of us shrine maidens can be successful.  It?s the failures that make the successes stand out, right??

Reimu gave Sanae a flat look as she giggled, her face bearing a mischievous yet triumphant smile.  That was the other thing about Sanae.  She liked to rub it in your face if she was better than you at something.  Especially if she knew it was something you didn?t much care about.

In the end, Reimu knew she was just joking around, but that didn?t make her any easier to get along with.

?Anyways, back to the matter at hand. Where is Kanako??

?Trying to change the subject, hm? Not that I blame you.  It must be pretty difficult having to spend time with someone who is so much more successful than you.?

?Yep. Now, where?s Kanako??

??Say, Reimu.  You mentioned Miss Yukari?s shikigami was at your shrine recently.  Have you spoken to her as well then??

?Where. Is. Kanako??

Sanae?s expression turned progressively more and more nervous as Reimu pressed the issue.  It became quite apparent after a little prodding that Sanae wasn?t just leading her around in circles, she was deliberately attempting to avoid speaking about it.  Unfortunately for her, Reimu had work to do, and she had no time to play around here, whether Kanako was indisposed or not.

After a few moments of awkward silence, Sanae slapped her cheeks, shook her head, and looked back up at Reimu with new resolve.  Was she trying to pump herself up for something?

Pointing dramatically at Reimu, she declared in a loud voice.  ?I challenge you to a spell card battle! If you must insist, we will fight for it! If I win, you answer all my questions! If you win, I take you to Lady Kanako!? Answer all her questions? Apparently Sanae actually had some pressing concerns at the moment.  Unfortunately for her, Reimu was not in the mood, nor in a position in which she could play around with her.

?I don?t have time for this.  If you?re going to be like this, I?ll go find her myself.?  As she turned to leave, Reimu saw briefly an expression of surprise on Sanae?s face.

?Wait?are you seriously walking away from a spell card battle? You can?t?you can?t do that! You just can?t!? It appears she was getting flustered about something. Poor girl.

Reimu, on the other hand, paid no attention to her objections.  As she made to leave, however, an unnatural gust of wind blew over the shrine grounds.  Unnatural, because not only did it move in the opposite direction that the wind had been blowing until now, but also it seemed to carry a sense of intent. As if it had a purpose, very much unlike normal weather.

?But?you said under no circumstances?? Sanae started quietly talking to herself.  Apparently, the wind was some sort of message for her, as when Reimu turned to look at her, she was looking up at the sky where the wind came from.  After another short gust of wind, her confused expression gave way to one of resignation, which was quickly replaced by expressionlessness.

?Very well.  Lady Kanako will see you now.  Please follow me.?



---------



It took less than ten minutes to reach the place where Kanako was.  Apparently, she had just been hiding out in the lake behind the shrine, sitting on top of one of the many onbashira that stood there.  As Reimu landed on the platform, which was about ten feet in diameter, she sat down across from Kanako at the latter?s invitation.  For some reason, Sanae felt the need to sit beside Reimu.

As soon as she arrived, Reimu could tell why Sanae was avoiding bringing Reimu here.  More importantly, she could tell this was going to be a much more important meeting than she had originally thought?and if she did well, she would produce much better results than she had thought possible.
Seated on one edge of the pillar were Reimu and Sanae, calm but tense.  Directly across from them was Kanako, in her usual nonchalant seating position, except her face bore no traces of the pleasant, friendly smile she often adopted.  Instead, it was very serious, borderline angry, though from the atmosphere Reimu could tell it was anger at the subject of conversation, not at any particular person here.

To Reimu?s left and right, forming a circle between the four groups of people, were people Reimu had definitely not expected to see. To her left were three Kappa, of which one looked particularly familiar.  To her right were a pair of Tengu, of which one also looked unfortunately familiar.

?Welcome, Miss Hakurei,? Kanako managed to force a smile as she greeted her, ?I am glad you?ve decide to join us today. I know you have your own reasons for being here today, but I?m afraid you will have to listen to my request first.?

Reimu began to feel a little uneasy.  She had never been asked to do anything by Kanako before, other than ?please leave,? but she knew very well the consequences that tended to follow Kanako?s actions.  Furthermore, although she knew she had no time to waste doing favours for Kanako, she also knew she couldn?t afford to alienate her just before asking for her help.  All in all, it was proving to be a somewhat bothersome meeting, and she hadn?t even spoken yet.

With a sigh of resignation, Reimu motioned for her to continue.  With a smile that looked a little less forced, Kanako nodded to her and spoke again.
?Let?s start from the beginning.  This is a matter of utmost importance, and I would not want any details to be missed.?

As Kanako cleared her throat, Reimu sighed inwardly once more.  This was going to be long. She could feel it in her bones.

?Last night, there was an intruder at the shrine.?

?I thought you said you hadn?t had any visitors for the past week?? Reimu whispered quietly to Sanae beside her, who in turn ignored her completely.
With a displeased look, Kanako continued.  ?I originally had thought it was just a normal visitor, so I paid her no mind.  However, it became quickly apparent that that was not the case.  After seeing her discussing something?rather unfavourable with Suwako, I confronted her, and she immediately attacked.?

Reimu was immediately struck by another premonition.  ??I think I know where this story is going.?

Kanako raised an eyebrow at her comment. ?Oh? Would you like to finish the story then??

With a bright, intentionally fake looking smile, Reimu looked Kanako in the eye and started speaking. ?This intruder, dressed all in black, refused to follow any of the spell card rules.  She attacked really unnaturally, and nothing we did would have any effect on her.  The only reason any of us survived is because she left of her own accord before she finished any of us off.?

Sanae looked shocked, as if this was the first time she had heard the story.  Had she really been that oblivious to what was happening at her own shrine?  Kanako, however, had an expression that was at once fighting to look displeased and satisfied.

?I am not sure how you know what happened here, but I suspect it is because you have encountered this intruder yourself??

??yes.  We had?very similar results when we fought her.?

The satisfied expression won out as Kanako continued speaking.  ?Well, that makes things much easier then.  I have asked you here to request your help in your capacity as the Hakurei Shrine Maiden, and guardian of the spell card rules.?

Reimu smiled wryly and shook her head.  ?You want me to help bring her down, after you couldn?t even land a scratch on her?  Do you honestly expect a normal human to be of any use against her??

Kanako looked confused momentarily.  ?Firstly, you are anything but a normal human.  Secondly, I would hardly say we were unable to scratch her.?
Reimu snapped to attention.  ?Wait, what? You guys were able to hurt her??

?Not significantly.  My attacks wouldn?t connect, but once Suwako started attacking in time with me, we were able to hit her a few times.  After taking a handful of attacks, she retreated.?

Reimu?s mind was blown.  Four of them hadn?t even been able to land an attack on her, but Kanako and Suwako together were able to force her to retreat?  Was this really the same person?

??how? How did you do it??

Kanako shrugged.  ?It didn?t make any sense to me either.  None of the attacks that connected were especially powerful or sneaky.  None of them had any similarities with the other attacks that connected, and attacks that worked once never worked a second time.?

?Just to confirm?the intruder was wearing all black, right? She had a silver necklace with five jewels on it??

?She also had shoulder length, glassy black hair, and when asked what her name was, she said ?I?m almost finished deciding on one, so please be patient.??

?That?s her?it?s definitely her?? Reimu?s mind was racing.  She didn?t know how Kanako had managed to get through a defense that had been impervious to Reimu?s group, but the fact that she had meant that Reimu needed her as an ally.

?Let me counter your request with a request of my own,? Reimu spoke adopting as official a tone of voice as she could manage. ?I am currently gathering forces from across Gensokyo to work towards defeating and expelling this intruder.  For the sake of protecting all of Gensoyo, will you join with us??

Kanako wore an unreadable expression. Reimu didn?t understand why she was hesitating to answer.  She had essentially asked Reimu to help her do the same thing, so why was this any different?

Ah, Reimu thought. This way, it looks like I?m the leader.  If Reimu had joined Kanako, she would have to do anything Kanako said.  This way, the relationship was the other way around.  If Kanako joined Reimu, she would just become a subordinate, and that would be a difficult pill to swallow regardless of the necessity of the situation.

?Let me be perfectly clear about this,? Reimu spoke up into the nervous atmosphere.  ?Marisa, Youmu, and I are all working together to gather as much help as we possibly can.  Yukari is helping us out behind the scenes, since circumstances are preventing her from fighting herself.  That means, with the people we have right now, none of us have any leadership experience.?

Kanako?s eyes narrowed.  Good, she was seeing where this was going.  Reimu wasn?t exactly comfortable offering the leadership position to the first person she met, especially if it was Kanako, but in all honesty, she couldn?t afford to hold back.  Kanako may have held the key to actually defeating the stranger if she was telling the truth about being able to land attacks on her, and as the god of a shrine which had gone through many hardships and even wars, her leadership experience would be invaluable.  She wasn?t comfortable with it, but the fact of the matter was it was one of the best possible choices.

?I don?t know your whole story, and frankly I don?t care.  But I do know that you have exactly the experience we need.  If you would join us and organize us into a capable fighting force, we would all be most grateful.?

Reimu knew it was traditional to bow at the end of a request to demonstrate one?s earnestness and sincerity, but instead she kept eye contact.  She may be willing to offer Kanako the position of ?leader,? whatever that meant, but that didn?t mean she was willing to back down, or to negotiate.
Kanako, on the other hand, was still expressionless.  Reimu had thought this would have been the best possible outcome she could have expected, gaining not only Reimu?s help but also the help of everyone that she would be able to recruit, but for some reason she was hesitating to accept.  That hesitation made Reimu more nervous than anything.

Finally, after what felt like hours, Kanako made a resigned face.

?Alright, alright.  I was hoping this could get done without getting involved ourselves, but I should have figured that wouldn?t be a possibility after what we saw.?

Really? Her issue was she didn?t want to get involved? After being attacked?!

?First, I need to know everything you know.  Explain your encounter with her. In detail.?

Reimu shook off her surprise at Kanako?s apparent laziness.  She hadn?t won yet.  Winning Kanako over to their side, as well as winning their team someone who had experience with organizing armies, was no doubt a huge benefit.  However, there was still, for some reason or other, an emissary from both the Kappa and the Tengu here.  She couldn?t vouch for their combat potential, but both races had skills that could prove vital in the coming battle.  If she played her cards right, she might be able to win all of their help in one fell swoop.

?It all started when Yukari asked us to help look for Yuyuko.?

?Yuyuko?the ghost princess?? Suddenly, one of the Tengu interrupted Reimu?s story.  As expected, she was writing furiously in a small notebook, eagerly awaiting the answer to Reimu?s question.

?I?know you, don?t I??

?Ace reporter, Aya Shameimaru, at your service!? the Tengu said enthusiastically, finishing what she was writing with a flourish.

?To answer your question, yes, the ghost princess.? Reimu was less than pleased at having been interrupted, though more so because she knew she was going to get interrupted repeatedly throughout the story.  Though she had pretended she didn?t quite remember, she knew Aya quite well.  Far too well for her own liking.

?Anyways, as I was saying, Yukari asked us to help look for her.  Naturally, we went to the Netherworld first, where we found the border between the Netherworld and the world of the Living had been punctured.  Upon further investigation, we found all of the souls in the entire Netherworld had been taken somewhere else.?

Everyone?s eyes widened at Reimu?s declaration. ?W-wait?surely you?re exaggerating?there is no way all of the souls in the Netherworld were gone?? Sanae was the first to respond, speaking with a half-smile, as if she wasn?t sure whether Reimu was joking or not.

?Every single one.  But don?t worry, it?s not like they are missing, we ended up finding them.  Anyways, with the help of Yuyuko?s gardener, Marisa and I searched for and found where they had all been taken.  It ended up being in Gensokyo, in a pretty nondescript place, aside from the fact it was in the exact center of Gensokyo.?

Aya continued to scribble furiously in her notebook as the Tengu, the Kappa, and Sanae all listened intently as if they were listening to a ghost story.  Kanako?s face was dead serious.  Seeing there weren?t any immediate questions, she continued.

?Marisa, Youmu, one of Yukari?s Shikigami, and I all confronted the stranger, who claimed to be behind the theft of the spirits.  We tried to stop her by force, but she refused to follow the spell card rules, and it eventually devolved into a full on fight.  It was four on one, yet we didn?t land a single hit on her.  Our attacks either all dodged around her of their own accord, or she would summon some sort of barrier to protect herself.  In the end, we were completely defeated, and appeared back at the shrine after being rendered unconscious by her attacks.?

?Question! What was she doing with the spirits of the dead?? Aya was predictably the first to ask a question.

?She seemed to be using them to build some sort of tower.  It looked like it was made out of black glass, and that she was using the spirits of the dead as building materials.?

?And Yuyuko was there?? Kanako was the next to speak up.

?Yes.  We couldn?t guarantee whether she was safe or not, but we definitely saw her.?

?Question! Did all four of you make it out alive??

??we don?t know.  Youmu, Marisa, and I all appeared at my shrine, but we haven?t determined the whereabouts of Yukari?s shikigami.  Unfortunately, we haven?t really had the time to look for her.?

?U-um, I have a question too?? One of the Kappa, who Reimu recognized as being familiar, raised her hand timidly and spoke.  Reimu turned expectantly to her, but it seemed she was having trouble formulating her thoughts into words.

?Spit it out, Nitori, we don?t have all day.? Aya sharply criticized the Kappa, who flinched at Aya?s voice.

?W-well, I was just wondering?h-how did you get back to the shrine??

Reimu opened her mouth to answer the question, but found that no words came out.  Closing her mouth again, she scratched her head.  How did she get back to the shrine? One minute, she was getting hit by lightning, the next Marisa was standing over her at the shrine grounds.  Maybe Marisa had brought her there? No, she knew Marisa had woken up only moments before she had.  Yukari? No, she would have been too busy dealing with the Border?

?Well?? Aya spoke up impatiently, but her question was mirrored by the faces of everyone around her.

?I?have no idea.  One minute we were losing terribly, the next I was waking up at the shrine.  Someone must have moved us but?I have no idea who could have??

?I assume it wasn?t Yukari?? Kanako asked the question Reimu had asked herself seconds before.

?No, Yukari was?indisposed at the time, there was no way she could have moved us.? Kanako raised an eyebrow at that, but otherwise let the matter slide.

This raised a whole new problem, but right now they had enough on their plate that they couldn?t worry about such things.  What?s done is done, there was nothing they could do about it now.

?Moving on, moving on,? Aya seemed to share Reimu?s opinion, and decided to press on with the questions. ?How many people do you currently have recruited??

?That?s?a difficult question.  Youmu, Marisa, and I all split up to go get help, so I haven?t heard anything about whether their attempts had been successful or not.  But I know there are at least us three, plus Yukari, and now the Moriya Shrine. By now, Marisa and Youmu have probably contacted the Scarlet Devil Mansion and Eientei, and after that we will be having a short meeting at my shrine to decide who we will pursue next.?

Aya nodded her head vigorously as she scribbled on in her notebook.

?If there is a meeting planned later, then we can discuss the particulars about this intruder then.  For now, let?s deal with some more pressing matters.? Kanako attempted to push the situation forward.  ?As you can see, we have Aya Shameimaru and Nitori Kawashiro here as representatives of the Tengu and the Kappa, respectively.  Naturally, since you are here, we would no doubt seek to petition your help in this matter as well.?

Aya scribbled on in her notebook, seemingly oblivious to the conversation going on around her, while her escort ? a wolf tengu, by the looks of it ? gave her an irritated stare for not paying attention.  Nitori, on the other hand, sat nervously shifting her gaze between Reimu, Kanako, and Aya, and occasionally turning to here whispers from her two compatriots.

?If you have any concerns you wish to have addressed before you make your decisions, please let us know.? Kanako managed to urge them on while still sounding patient.  Quite the politician, that one.

?W-well, umm?the Kappa aren?t very?strong?so?? Nitori?s voice got quieter as she spoke, until she was barely whispering at the end.

?I wouldn?t worry about that,? Reimu spoke up, ?There?s bound to be tons of us that are capable of fighting.  What we need more importantly then that is a good strong support base, something to give our fighters an edge.?

Nitori looked thoughtful at Reimu?s words, while Kanako raised an eyebrow at her.  So Reimu was treating this as a full scale war, so what?  Considering her first encounter with the stranger, she wasn?t going to take any risks.  Every advantage was indispensable, and the support that Kappa technology could provide would be invaluable.

?W-well, if you put it like that?there are a few projects we have going that?might be of help?? Nitori spoke quietly, almost as if she was talking to herself.

?Very good.  Any help you can provide would be most appreciated.?  Kanako thanked Nitori with a warm smile, and the Kappa was clearly a little more at ease.

?O-ok, I will take a look back at home and gather some?teams, to come work on something.  We?ll uh, we?ll be at the meeting at the shrine, to?to try and figure out what we?re going to do.?  Kanako nodded in thanks, and after returning the gesture, Nitori turned to her compatriots and began discussing?whatever it was Kappa discussed.

Reimu, Kanako, and Sanae then turned to Aya.  Aya had stowed away her notebook, and was now paying full attention to the conversation.

?So, what about you, Miss Shameimaru?? Kanako once more led the conversation forward, pressing the Tengu for a response.

Aya tapped her bottom lip with her pen lightly. ?Well, I guess first things first, I should give you guys the message I was sent here to tell you?? Aya cleared her throat and mimed pulling out a stack of cue cards.  Attempting some sort of dramatic flair, she ?read? in a loud voice: ?The Tengu shall provide no assistance to either the Moriya or Hakurei Shrines on this matter, and will take no part in any combat, directly or indirectly, until such a time as hostilities have reached the Tengu Village.?

Kanako bore a grim expression, while Reimu and Sanae stared at her in shock. ?Why?why did you even come here if you weren?t going to be of any help!? Sanae had apparently had enough of sitting quietly, and yelled at the Tengu.

Aya pulled a fan of leaves out from her back pocket and used it to cover the lower half of her face, returning Sanae?s glare with a muted expression. ?I?m a reporter, of course I?ll go wherever there is news.?

?More importantly,? Reimu spoke slowly, trying to repress her growing anger at the Tengu?s audacity, ?why aren?t you willing to help us??

?This stranger is obviously someone of great power.  We can?t afford to risk her taking retribution on us in the event that you fail to bring her down.  If we remain neutral, we have much better chances of being in the winners good graces in the long term, regardless of who that is.?

?And if we are the winners, how do you expect to be in our good graces?? Reimu managed to grind out through gritted teeth.

?The Moriya Shrine needs followers to generate faith, does it not?? Aya replied with a sly expression. ?Even if you hate us, we know how dependant the Moriya Shrine is on our faith.  Even should we completely ostracize ourselves, they can?t afford to throw us away.  As for you, even if you are the Hakurei Shrine Maiden, you are only one girl.  It would be regrettable to be in the bad favour of such a powerful individual, but you are just that: an individual.  It would be unfortunate, but compared to the possibility of total annihilation, it is clearly a worthwhile sacrifice.?

?You don?t understand?if we lose, all of Gensokyo will be destroyed! Hell, even the outside world might not be spared! That?s the kind of person we?re dealing with! If she wins, you?ll be annihilated whether you side with us or not!?

?If I may,? the wolf Tengu spoke up in a serious voice after Reimu?s short rant, ?do you have any evidence to suggest that this stranger has any desire to destroy Gensokyo??

Reimu gritted her teeth. ?Well?she?s gathering all of the spirits of the dead, right? That can?t be good.  She has to be up to no good.  In addition, if she keeps controlling the spirits of the dead, reincarnation will be put on hold, and all life will go extinct!?

The wolf Tengu raised an eyebrow at Reimu?s claim. ??That can?t be good? is not sufficient reason for us to risk the lives of all of those in our village.  And please, a halt on reincarnation? It would take generations for that to even start showing an effect on us.  If it becomes a problem, we will have plenty of time to deal with it then.?

?See? Even Momiji, good for nothing but holding a sword, can tell you how bad of an idea this is for us.? As Aya spoke, her escort glared at her angrily.  Reimu half expected her to start growling as well, but it seemed she was able to keep herself in check.

?No, you don?t understand. If you don?t-?

?Reimu, please.? Kanako cut Reimu off as she made to argue further.  Reimu turned to her with an angry expression, but Kanako just shook her head. ?If they aren?t going to help us, they aren?t going to help us.  Even if we could change their mind, they are only the envoys.  They must submit to a higher power, whether they like it or not.?

?See? This is why we like the Moriya Shrine, you guys are so understanding~? Aya spoke happily, finally putting away her fan.
?That being said, there is one thing I would like to ask of you.? Kanako turned to Aya as she spoke. ?You have been taking notes of this entire meeting, have you not??

?Of course, of course! What kind of reporter would I be otherwise?? Aya replied nonchalantly, as if she was trying to pretend she didn?t know where the conversation was going to lead.

?Good, good. I want you to take those notes, and spread them to every living youkai in Gensokyo. I want everyone to know everything we?ve said today.  You can do that, right?? Kanako spoke to Aya with a smile that could only be called slightly condescending.

?Sorry, but being a reporter, I can?t do tha- wait wait wait wait, you want me to tell everyone about this? Really?!? Aya was bewildered.  This could very well have been the first time someone had asked her to spread the word about something instead of trying to make her keep a secret.

?Everything.  To everyone. Word for word.?

Aya spoke with a bright smile.  ?You have no idea how done that is going to be.? Aya and Momiji stood up from their places. ?Three days, and everyone in Gensokyo will either be knocking on your door to help, or knocking on mine to hear more.?

Floating lightly into the air, Aya turned to Reimu and Sanae.  ?Good luck kids, I?ll be expecting an interview when you win~? With that, the two Tengu departed at a pace that could only be described as break-neck.

?U-um?we have a lot of preparations to make as well, so w-we should probably get going as well?? Nitori timidly spoke up into the extended silence that followed Aya?s departure.

?Very well.  Come to the Hakurei Shrine as soon as you are able.  That will be our base of operations.? Kanako spoke kindly to the Kappa, who gave a short bow and a crisp salute before they too took off into the darkening sky.

The next few minutes passed in silence.  Reimu, trying to overcome her anger at Aya?s blatant refusal to help, Sanae, trying to cope with a tremendous amount of information that she had apparently not been ready for at all, and Kanako, no doubt plotting some sort of grand scheme.

After finally managing to calm herself down, Reimu sighed dejectedly and started speaking again. ?So, base of operations is going to be the Hakurei Shrine, huh??

Kanako smiled coyly to Reimu?s question. ?The fact of the matter is, people are more likely to join us if we form our group under the Hakurei name.  Our shrine is too new, has not built the rapport with the populace across Gensokyo that yours has.?

?Of course, of course?? Reimu stared blankly into the distance.  She supposed two out of three successes was alright.  She had the entire Moriya Shrine and all of the Kappa on her side now. The Tengu?s refusal to help was unfortunate, but logically speaking, there position was understandable.  If Reimu could come up with some evidence that this stranger was actually intending something bad for all of Gensokyo, she might be able to change their minds, but until then, she had hopefully more receptive audiences to attend to.

In addition, Aya did say she would spread the word.  Hopefully, if she kept the hyperbole and poetic license to a minimum, she would drum up enough publicity that many people would come to help them of their own accord.  This way, they could afford to focus on the remaining groups of people, rather than having to visit every wandering youkai across Gensokyo individually.

Wait a minute?entire Moriya shrine?wasn?t something missing?

?Hey, can I ask you guys a question??

?Hm? What is it??

?There?s another god at this shrine right? Suwako, was it??

Kanako?s eyes suddenly went wide with surprise, as if she hadn?t been expecting the question.  This was quickly followed by a tightening of her facial expression, and the spoke slowly as she responded.  ?Yes?Suwako does live here. Why do you ask??

?She helped you in your fight against the stranger, right? She?ll be coming with us, right??

Kanako and Sanae exchanged an awkward look, before Kanako turned back to Reimu.  ?Well?that?s?complicated.?

?In fact, your story also said that Suwako was the first one to contact her?shouldn?t she have been here at the meeting?? As Reimu thought things through, she became more and more suspicious about Suwako?s absence.

?Well?? Kanako seemed to actually be at a loss for words.  She was definitely hiding something, but Reimu had no idea what.

?She?s?okay, right?? Reimu asked hesitantly.  It wouldn?t be surprising for her to lose to the stranger, but Kanako had said they fought her off.  Hopefully that meant they managed to do so without casualties?

?I will spare you the details, but we are?currently working on the issue.  If all goes well, Suwako should join us.  I would not worry about that.?
?Well, I am worrying about it.? Reimu was getting less concerned about Suwako, and more irritated at the fact that Kanako was trying to hide something from her.  They were supposed to be working together, so she needed to know if there was a problem.

?Well, would you look at the time!? Sanae suddenly exclaimed, standing up beside Reimu. ?There is no way you could return to home at this time of day. Come, I will prepare a room for you at the shrine.?

Kanako made a relieved expression. ?Thank you, Sanae.  Please make sure she has everything she needs.?

?Hey, don?t just ignore me!?

?Will you be joining us for dinner tonight, Lady Kanako??

??no, I have some preparations I will need to take care of.  You can make food for just the two of you.?

?Just the two of us? So something happened to Suwako after all?come on, stop fooling around and tell me what happened!?

?Come come, no need to get all in a tizzy~? What even was a tizzy? Reimu?s frustration was mounting. She did not take kindly to being ignored and deceived like this. Did they honestly expect her to just quietly drop the topic?

?Well, I will bid you girls good night then.  I will speak to you again once everyone is gathered at your shrine.? With that, Kanako snapped her fingers and disappeared into thin air.

Reimu clenched her hands into fists and growled quietly in an attempt to keep her anger under control.  She was fed up enough with the Tengu causing her problems, the last thing she needed was her own allies doing the same.

Before she could say anything more, Sanae took off and headed back to the Moriya Shrine.  No doubt she expected Reimu to follow her, because she didn?t even look back until well after she was out of sight.

With a frustrated sigh, the still-seated Reimu flopped onto her back on top of the wooden onbashira in the middle of the Wind God?s Lake.  She had no idea what was wrong, and had no idea how she could find out.  Kanako refused to tell her, Sanae refused to tell her, and she had no way of investigating it on her own.  The only way to find out would be to wait and see if it would eventually come out.

It was frustrating, but she was going to have to deal with it if she was going to get them to help her.  Besides, even if Suwako didn?t go with them, Kanako and Sanae were formidable in their own right.  The more help the better, but some help was better than no help.

As Reimu lay unhappily on top of the wooden pillar, a violet gap suddenly opened in the air beside her, only a few centimeters in length.

?Having a nap, are we??

?Recovering from a long day of negotiations.  I think I deserve at least this much of a break.? Reimu responded to Yukari?s familiar voice without bothering to mask her tiredness and frustration.

?How did it go?? Yukari had been uncharacteristically direct and to the point ever since Ran had vanished.  Reimu figured it was a reflection of her worry for a subordinate, but she never pressed the issue with her.  Everyone was struggling, and even if Yukari was acting stranger than normal, she just had to trust her.

Trust?it seems that was going to have to be the theme of the day.  Kanako and Sanae were obviously hiding something from her, but it seemed Reimu had no choice but to trust them.  Their help would definitely be invaluable, so she would just have to trust that they knew what they were doing with regards to Suwako.

That aside, she couldn?t help but feel a little worried about her.  That nonchalant, happy-go-lucky goddess was one of the friendlier opponents Reimu had come up against, and one of the most transparent, having no ulterior motives behind her actions like so many youkai nowadays.  She wasn?t well acquainted with her, but she would hate it if anything had happened to her.

??Reimu??

Reimu was brought back to reality by Yukari?s voice once again. ?Oh, yeah, sorry.  Well, some good news, some bad news.?

?Seems to be a popular phrase today??

?Hm??

?Don?t worry about it.  Just keep going.?

?Right.  Well, the good news is that we have the Moriya Shrine and the Kappa on our side now.  The bad news is that the Tengu are refusing to help us, no matter what.  We have Aya spreading the word about the situation, but other than that they are refusing to participate in any way.?

?Well, that?s alright.  The Tengu aren?t that strong anyways.? Yukari mentioned with a short giggle. Reimu was about to question the legitimacy of that claim before realizing that Yukari had just been joking.  Instead, she just shook her head. At least Yukari wasn?t totally lost to the crisis at hand.
?Well, I have some news from the other two that you may be interested in. First of all, Marisa was successful in getting the aid of the Scarlet Devil Mansion, and Youmu was successful in getting the aid of Eientei.?

?That?s?really good.  That means we have three of the largest factions in Gensokyo on our side now, doesn?t it??

?If we can get the Palace of the Earth Spirits and the Myouren Temple on our side, we will have every major power faction in Gensokyo united.  Pretty scary thought, isn?t it??

?It would be a lot scarier if Gensokyo wasn?t a place where a single youkai could wipe out any of these ?major power factions? on a whim.?

?Oh? Whoever could you mean?? Yukari spoke teasingly.

?Well, you aside, there are youkai like Yuuka, Suika, and Yuugi who are just monstrously strong.  Then, if the Enma decides to step in, even those three together wouldn?t be much of anything.  On top of that?Yuyuko could end all life in Gensokyo, one person at a time, if she felt so inclined.?
A moment of silence passed between the two of them as they considered the implications of that statement.  The fact that Yuyuko was capable of killing all of them without them being able to resist was terrifying, considering she was apparently being controlled by someone who seemed to have little regard for the lives of those around her.

On that note?

?Hey, Yukari.  Do you have any idea how the three of us got back to the shrine after that stranger defeated us??

??I haven?t the slightest idea.  I was a bit preoccupied at the time, so I wasn?t exactly checking to see who was coming and going at the shrine.?

?I figured as much.  Just thought I would ask anyways.?

??well, I have a few errands I need to run before people start arriving at the shrine.  I?ll update you if anything significant happens.?

?Alright.  I?ll be staying here the night and hopefully be returning by tomorrow night, or maybe the day after at the latest depending on how fast we can fly.  Talk to you then.?

With that, the small gap beside Reimu closed, and she was once again alone.

She still felt the frustrations of her earlier conversations, but she had calmed down somewhat.  It was very unlike her to get so angry, but these were pretty extenuating circumstances for her, so she was having difficulty keeping her cool even at the best of times.  Regardless, hearing good news from Yukari had helped to improve her mood immensely.

Standing up from where she was lying, Reimu started floating at a relaxed pace towards the Moriya Shrine.  She still had a mountain of problems, but hopefully that could be put off until tomorrow.  For now, she would hopefully be able to satisfy herself with a nice hot meal, a nice warm bath, and a nice soft bed.



--------------



Kanako walked quickly towards the small cottage she had set up by the lake.  She had snapped herself a short distance away so Reimu couldn?t follow her, but approached the rest of the way towards the hidden refuge on foot. The last thing Reimu needed to see was what Kanako was checking on, considering the girl?s current mental condition, so in an effort to spare her, Kanako made extra sure that she wouldn?t find out about Suwako until the last possible moment.

The fact of the matter was that the intruder?s visit to the Moriya Shrine was not a simple attack, nor just random happenstance.  It was actually a recruiting run.  She had apparently come to attempt to recruit Suwako to her cause, offering her vengeance against Kanako for usurping her shrine and promising she would give her shrine and her followers back to her.  Kanako had walked in on the middle of the stranger making her offer, and obviously fighting ensued.

Kanako had never doubted her relationship with Suwako.  She may have subdued her by force, but now they were quite good friends, even if Suwako wasn?t quite willing to let go of the fact Kanako had used force to take her shrine.  But even so, despite the fact Kanako had dismissed the stranger?s offer as nonsense, fighting her had made it quite apparent that she was more than capable of making good on her offer.  That was the first time Kanako had worried that Suwako would betray her since the two had met.

Finally arriving at the hidden cottage, Kanako didn?t hesitate to walk inside.  The building was small and nondescript, a single room that looked solid, yet simply built.  Of course, that was all to make sure it got as little attention from passers-by as possible.

Sitting up in a rather ordinary looking futon, staring absent-mindedly out the window, wearing traditional robes often found on sick people in the human village, was none other than Suwako Moriya.

?Wow, you?re really getting into this, aren?t you?? Kanako greeted her old friend with a sly grin, poking fun at her setting herself up as a sick and helpless girl.

?I figured if I was going to be sick, I should at least act the part, right?? Suwako responded to Kanako?s jokes light-heartedly, in sharp contrast to her weak voice.

?You realize you aren?t actually sick, right??

?Just because you control the rain doesn?t mean you have to rain on people?s parades like that.?

?Sorry, force of habit.  So, how are you doing??

??I?m alright.  Still can?t really go anywhere, but I should be okay if I stay here. For now, at least.?

Though she had said she wasn?t sick, Kanako knew that Suwako was far from being well.  The fact of the matter was that after hearing the offer from the stranger, both Kanako and Suwako were enraged.  While they fought each other to get the right to challenge the stranger to a spell card battle, the stranger herself attacked them with no regards to the spell card rules upon hearing that Suwako wouldn?t accept her offer.

Realizing rather quickly they couldn?t hold back, the two went all out. The fight was short, but they had each given everything they had, and hadn?t even managed to land a scratch on her.  Seeing their lack of success, Suwako had pulled out all the stops, and summoned all of the curse gods under her control.

While it had been incredibly risky, it had paid off for the short term.  The stranger couldn?t handle the horde of curse gods on top of Kanako and Suwako?s attacks, and after taking a fair number of hits, she retreated.

The problem was that, while Suwako had grown famous for bringing the curse gods under control, she had done little but subdue them before.  Actually controlling them, summoning them and making them act according to her will, was a whole different game compared to simply keeping them tame and subdued.

In the end, though they had managed to fight off the stranger, Suwako had exhausted herself to a dangerous extent.  Being a god made purely of faith, and considering her power was generated from faith, it meant that excessive use of her power shaved away at her very existence.  Normal levels of usage of her power wouldn?t have any effect, and indeed, even heavy overuse would have effects that would last no more than a few hours, or maybe a few days if she really went over the top.

This, however, was not even comparable to that.  She had drained herself nearly to the point of passing out by summoning and controlling the curse gods, and subduing them and making them disappear again had almost killed her.  Of course, it wasn?t like she had never summoned or manipulated the curse gods before, but using all of them was well beyond the norm.  Frankly, if it hadn?t been for Kanako?s immediate attention, she probably would have disappeared, considering the lack of visitors to the shrine recently.

Luckily, Kanako had been there, and Suwako had survived.  She would no doubt take quite a while to recover, but she was recovering, and there would be no permanent damage as long as followers started returning to the shrine. Aya really hadn?t known how right she was when she said that they couldn?t afford to ostracize the Tengu, regardless of whose side they join in this fight.

?Well, I?ve got some good news to make you feel better.? Kanako sat down beside Suwako, who was now watching her intently, waiting for her to speak. ?It seems that the stranger we fought with has already had an encounter with the Hakurei Shrine Maiden, and left the girl with a bit of a grudge.  She actually came here seeking help to fight her and get rid of her once and for all.?

Suwako?s eyes widened in surprise. ?Really? That sounds?way too perfect.?

?It gets better.  Not only did she ask for our help, but her and her friends are gathering help from all of Gensokyo.  The girl even asked if I would lead their ?army? against the intruder.? Kanako couldn?t help but smile wryly at her own choice of words.  It seemed a bit overkill, calling their team an army with the sole purpose of defeating a single person, but if that?s what it took, she couldn?t afford to complain.

?I?I?m impressed.  It feels like opportunities just keep dropping into your lap, huh??

?Well, it only counts as a good opportunity if we win.  And if we actually get any others to join us.?

?Well, you at least have you and Reimu.  I?m sure Sanae wouldn?t stay behind even if you threatened to kill her, and I suspect Reimu?s witch friend will meddle in a similar fashion.?

?Actually, Reimu and Marisa both are already involved, as well as that half ghost gardener from the Netherworld.  I believe Yukari Yakumo is also involved, though from the way Reimu spoke it doesn?t seem as if she plans on fighting herself.?

?That is quite the opening force you guys have got.  To think it might get even bigger?and that you?re going to be the big boss of the whole thing.? Suwako smiled and gave a quiet, evil laugh at the prospects that sat before Kanako.

Kanako hesitated before continuing.  ??what about you? Frankly, you are the only one who?s shown any ability so far to be able to land attacks on her.  Do you think you?ll be able to fight her with us??

Suwako?s smile faded, and she turned to look out the window once more.  ?I think?I probably can.  If I have a few more days?maybe a week or two.  That should be enough.?

??will you survive if you have to do it that soon??

Suwako continued silently staring out the window.

??very well.  I will attempt to buy you as much time to recover as I can.  Until then, just relax and wait for the news that all of this has blown over.?  Kanako smiled and squeezed her comrade?s shoulder.  She knew that Suwako would be more than willing to sacrifice herself if that?s what it took?so it was up to her to make sure it wasn?t required.

?But for now, let?s put that stuffy conversation aside.? Kanako shifted to sit in a more comfortable position, leaning against the same wall as Suwako.  ?Sanae and Reimu are going to be staying together at the Moriya Shrine tonight.? Kanako turned to Suwako with a playful, mischievous grin. ?Shall we see what fun we can have??

Suwako turned to Kanako, bearing a borderline sinister smile, rubbing her hands in front of her.  ?I heard a rumor the Moriya Shrine is haunted by a handful of vengeful spirits.  Shall we see if our little shrine maidens are capable of discovering their true identities??

Kanako snapped her fingers, and a vision of the inside of the Moriya shrine appeared before the two of them.  The two goddesses resolved themselves to spend the rest of the night pranking the two shrine maidens, all traces of their previous seriousness gone.

After all, even if the world was ending around them, there was still time for a little fun, right?

an unmatched sock

  • Um...what's this?
  • Should I be concerned? I think I should be concern
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #18 on: March 17, 2013, 04:53:36 AM »
You know, at first I was a tad skeptical of this and how it would turn out, as well as how I would like it. But now, I just want to know what happens! Very well done, sir.

In fact, your story is what inspired me to turn my in-the-works game, Requiem of Fallen Angel, into a written work, Absolution of the Requiem. Same story, but more in-depth. That sort of thing.
Shameless self-advertising, go!

Anyway, you do good work. Inspiring. So keep it up!

Sagus

  • Spin, Hina, spin
  • Spin like there's no tomorrow
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #19 on: March 18, 2013, 02:18:09 PM »
?If we can get the Palace of the Earth Spirits and the Myouren Temple on our side, we will have every major power faction in Gensokyo united. ?
But what about the Taoists???
Seriously, would love to see Seiga siding with the villain here.

...also nitpicking time the Palace is in Old Hell and therefore is not a part of Gensokyo :V

Anyway, at first I was a little apprehensive about the villain being one of those that are commonly seen in fics, destroying the whole cast without effort, but now that we know that she was damaged by Suwako, I'm a little more optimistic about where this is going. Good job, good job~
Peketo's Drawing Stuffs
Despite the name, it's mostly 3D models.

My fanfics.

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #20 on: April 03, 2013, 05:48:06 AM »
Well, sorry for the long delay everyone.  A combination of school wrapping up and discovering Ar Tonelico 2 meant I haven't had a tremendous amount of time for writing these days.

You know, at first I was a tad skeptical of this and how it would turn out, as well as how I would like it. But now, I just want to know what happens! Very well done, sir.

In fact, your story is what inspired me to turn my in-the-works game, Requiem of Fallen Angel, into a written work, Absolution of the Requiem. Same story, but more in-depth. That sort of thing.
Shameless self-advertising, go!

Anyway, you do good work. Inspiring. So keep it up!

Glad your enjoying it, and glad to be of service :)  I look forward to seeing the future of Absolution as well!
But what about the Taoists???
Seriously, would love to see Seiga siding with the villain here.


Honestly, I wrote up the outline for this story before Ten Desires came out.  Yeah, it took me a long time to sit down and seriously make an attempt at writing this.  And I was way too lazy to try and fix it up to include the Taoists, especially since I know so little about Ten Desires in comparison to the rest of the cast :(


Anyways, here is Chapter 8.5.  I'm not sure how well I was able to convey the thoughts I was trying to with this one, so I apologize if it feels kind of disjointed and random.  And maybe a little too far-fetched.  Regardless, I hope you enjoy!



Chapter 8.5 ? The Highest Judge of Paradise

?So?why exactly am I here again??

Shiki gave her a sidelong glance.  ?It?s common for each Yama to bring with them at least one attendant to a Session of the High Court.?
?I know that, the question is why me??  Without turning, she could see Shiki smiling faintly, and at that she stifled a sigh.  Shiki had a bad habit of taking what you said far too literally, and she did it entirely on purpose. Apparently she thought it was funny.  Well, at least she wasn?t as painfully stiff and stifling as most of the other Judges.  Most of the Judges would have smacked her for talking at all.

Komachi and the Yama walked down a seemingly endless hallway.  The fact that Komachi could have manipulated that distance with ease, allowing them to arrive at their destination instantly, yet was forbidden to do so made it all the more irritating.

?There are a number of reasons.  First and foremost, you are the only one currently serving in Hell who has experience in Gensokyo.?  I wouldn?t be serving in Hell currently if you hadn?t called me back from Gensokyo to be your attendant?

?Secondly, you are one of my most long-standing subordinates, so I would hope there is some degree of trust between us.? Komachi noticed the Yama?s lips twitch as she spoke, as if she was trying to resist laughing as she said that.  Komachi rolled her eyes at that.

?Thirdly?well, hopefully by the end of the Session you will know the third reason.?

?So essentially, you won?t tell me the reason why you picked me until after the meeting.? She returned Komachi?s complaint with a sly smile.

Eiki Shiki, the Yama of Xanadu.  Referred to by most as ?Lady Shiki? while she was present, and ?The Yama? or ?Enma? when she was not.  Of course, in Hell, those nicknames were essentially meaningless, as there were plenty of people who bore those titles.  Well, maybe not plenty, but more than a few.  For some odd reason, Komachi had never heard anyone refer to her by her first name, and in fact had never heard her first name except when she was introducing herself.

And so, Komachi had ended up in the habit of calling her simply ?Shiki.?  When she had first began working for her, she had called her ?Lady Shiki? like everyone else, but over time she had started acting more and more casual with her, and so far had yet to be punished for it.  Luckily for Komachi, Shiki was quite relaxed when it came to what Komachi liked to call, ?needless formalities.?  She had seen more than one Shinigami lose their job over something silly like referring to their boss by the wrong name, so she was quite grateful for her current position.

Even if it meant constantly being lectured about her work habits.  Well, it would be more accurate to say in spite of constantly being lectured about her work habits.

Just as Komachi could see a faint light at the end of the hallway, signifying their goal, Shiki stopped walking and turned to her.

?Komachi, I know I have been very lax with you up until now.  But this is different.  This isn?t a casual get together.  It?s not a judging.  This is a Session of the High Court. You know what that means, right?? The look on Shiki?s face was serious, but it wasn?t one of admonishment.  It was one of concern.  She knew Komachi?s personality quite well, even if they didn?t spend a lot of time together, and she knew that she was exactly the kind of person who would cause problems in a meeting such as this.

?Don?t speak unless spoken to, don?t tell any jokes, don?t roll my eyes.  Anything else?? Komachi smirked as she repeated the list of instructions she had been given prior to arriving at the High Court.  She acted nonchalant, but she knew it wasn?t just her job on the line, but Shiki?s as well if she were to screw something up.

Shiki smacked Komachi lightly on the head with the stick she always carried.  She called it the Rod of Remorse.  Komachi called it a stick. ?No smirking, either.?

?Right.  Sorry.?

Shiki gave her another look up and down, as if she wasn?t sure she had made the right decision by bringing her here.  Of course, Komachi would be more than happy if she were to change her mind at the last minute.  This would be the first time Komachi would ever attend a Session of the High Court, so it was without a doubt the most tension filled experience of her career.  Only the most elite of Shinigami ever even saw the High Court, so for most it was a great honour to act as an attendant there.  For Komachi, it was just a bother.  A bother that, if she didn?t take seriously, would get both her and her boss fired.

Shaking her head slightly, Shiki turned back toward the end of the hallway and started walking.  It seemed Komachi was going to have to go through with this after all.

?I know it?s difficult being in the High Court, especially if it?s your first time,? Shiki spoke quietly as they approached the open doorway leading into the courtroom.  ?But try and relax a bit.  Don?t let the tension get to you.  Don?t be intimidated.  Don?t worry about pleasing anybody, just be honest and straightforward.?

Komachi nodded silently to the last minute lecture.  She never really enjoyed lectures from anyone, let alone her boss, but if nothing else, this particular one showed that she at least understood the pressure Komachi was being subjected to.

As they walked into the courtroom, Komachi?s eyes widened in awe.  Before her lay the High Court, a huge, circular room.  She figured there were enough seats along the back walls to seat every living person, human and youkai, from Gensokyo all at once.  The seats wrapped around the back of the room, up around the doorway they had entered through, and extended halfway along the walls towards the front of the room.  The seats extended about a third of the way into the room, after which was a long walkway. 

Beyond the walkway were ten seats, though it might have been more accurate to describe them as thrones. Beside each of the ten thrones were two less intricately decorated seats, and these thirty seats together formed a semi-circle, all facing three more seats.  The three seats in the center were magnificent, each about three times Komachi?s height.  Komachi briefly wondered what kind of monster would need a seat that size, but as she had been instructed, she kept the thought to herself.

Everything in the room was made out of materials Komachi had never before seen.  The walls were made of some sort of crystal, which gave off the image of a bizarre, violet-blue flame burning in a halo around the room in slow motion.  The walls stretched up perhaps fifty or sixty feet before fading into darkness.  Whether that was colouring on the walls or there was just not enough light to see that high was anyone?s guess.  The ceiling of the room was a deep, night-black colour, with countless pinpricks of light that were obviously supposed to be stars. The stars, however, were not motionless, and it seemed as if the entire ceiling was constantly rotating.

The floor of the room was carpeted sparingly, showing obvious paths where one was permitted to walk.  Areas that were not carpeted were made with the same strange crystal as the walls.  All of the chairs and railings were made of a strange metal, looking similar to gold, except with a distinct reddish hue, reminiscent of the sky at sunset. The metal clearly reflected light, yet for some reason did not show the reflections of people as they passed by.
Despite the fact the ceiling was a depiction of the night sky, and that there were no visible lights in the room, the room was very brightly lit.   Komachi attempted to covertly sneak a look around the room, trying to find where the light was coming from, but was in the end unsuccessful.

After briefly stopping to whisper to one of the court attendants, Shiki beckoned Komachi to follow her, and they walked upwards to their seats.  Walking straight passed the outside rings of thousands of seats, they made their way to the inner ring of ten seats and sat at one of the two seats in the middle of the semi-circle.

Despite being made of what looked and felt like metal, the seats were oddly comfortable.  Before she could get too settled in, the attendant Shiki had been speaking to before approached and, without making eye contact with either of them, placed a rod on the small desk in front of Komachi.  It looked identical to Shiki?s Rod of Remorse in every way except for the fact that it was silver instead of gold.

Looking to Shiki questioningly, Shiki showed her the back of her own Rod of Remorse, which was completely blank.  Hesitantly, Komachi picked up the silver rod in front of her and flipped it over, and it was indeed blank as well.  Shiki then traced out letters on the back of hers, and as her fingers moved, solid black letters began to appear.

Like this.

Mimicking the way Shiki had written on hers, Komachi tried to write on hers as well.

Like this?

Shiki then put two fingers flat beside the words she had written, and after making sure Komachi was watching, wiped her fingers across the words.  As she did so, the words disappeared, and the back of the rod was blank again.  Komachi did the same, and the words were erased from hers as well.

Ah, she thought to herself, this must be so that we can talk without having to?talk. Looking around, she saw the other Judges all carried their golden Rods of Remorse with them, but she was the only one in the room who carried a silver one.  Incidentally, of all the Judges? attendants, it seemed there was only one other Shinigami besides Komachi herself.  She wasn?t sure whether that should make her feel more important or more out of place.

?This Session of the High Court will now begin!? A loud, resounding voice pulled Komachi from her thoughts.  Without her noticing, three individuals had taken the three seats in the center of the room.  She had never seen them before, but their outfits gave them away as being very high ranking.  She wasn?t sure exactly how high ranking, but definitely higher rank than her boss.  For the most part, the outfit was the same deep blue colour that Shiki?s was, however it was much more detailed and came in the form of a wide robe. 

The two seated on the sides wore what could only be described as crowns, with a large emblem on the front depicting a downturned sword that had been fashioned into a set of scales, with measuring plates hanging from chains attached to the ornate hilt.  The person in the center seat had a similar crown, except the plate bearing the emblem was conspicuously missing.  In exchange, a white cloth extended down from the crown, entirely concealing the face of the wearer.  On the white cloth, painted entirely in black, was the same emblem that could be seen on the other two crowns.

Komachi turned slightly to look at Shiki when she saw she was writing something out of the corner of her eye, and nodded her head upon seeing what she was saying.

The head of the Ministry of Right and Wrong.

It seemed these guys meant serious business.  She couldn?t be entirely sure, as she wasn?t versed very well on the inner workings of the High Court, but as far as she knew these were the three highest ranked individuals in all of Hell.

?Since this is an emergency meeting, we will skip the regular reports and get right to the business at hand.? The man on the left of the center seats was the one speaking.  Komachi didn?t know what regular reports the High Court would normally receive, but she was definitely thankful they would get to skip them.

Most of the Judges seemed to be watching the speaker intently.  It seemed, Shiki and herself aside, no one knew what the topic of todays? Session was going to be.

?Xanadu, if you would.? Expressionlessly, Shiki set down her rod of Remorse and stood from her seat.  The seats were fashioned in such a way that they each sat on top of a small platform, which gave them enough room to stand up should they need to speak, without having to descend from their position.

?There has been disturbance in my area of jurisdiction recently with regards to the flow of souls from the World of the Living to Hell.  It seems some individual has taken control of the spirits of the dead, and is preventing them from crossing over.?

?To what extent?? The man seated to the right of the center throne asked without standing.

?Over the past eleven days, there have been a total of zero souls that have reached the Higan to cross over.? Despite the continuing silence in the room, Komachi could easily see the shock on the faces of the other Judges that were present.  The three ministers in the center ? well, the two ministers in the center who?s faces were visible showed no signs of surprise, but that was likely because they would have read Shiki?s report.  After all, they were the ones that called the emergency Session, it would be kind of silly for them to not know why.  Apparently, it was customary for them to ask questions they thought were relevant, whether they knew the answers or not, since the other Judges were forbidden from asking questions themselves unless prompted.

?Is there anything else of note??

?Yes.  A subordinate of mine, a spirit who had been charged with governing the Netherworld, has been kidnapped, along with all of the souls who were housed there. My investigations, in combination with those of my subordinates, have concluded that the one responsible for both of these circumstances is one and the same person.?

?Thank you.  Please be seated.? Shiki sat down, maintaining her expressionless face.  While the two of them had known the topic of today?s Session, they did not know its purpose.  Shiki had submitted her report of the unusual occurrences, as was usual, and generally it would be discussed at the next general meeting of the High Court.  For some reason, though, upon receiving her report, the High Court ordered an emergency Session, and the two of them could only wonder why.  Komachi herself had never heard of an emergency Session being called, and if Shiki had, she hadn?t shared.

?Upon receiving Xanadu?s report, the High Court and the Ministry of Right and Wrong determined that it was necessary to launch our own investigation into the matter.  We have called this Session to share the results of our investigation, as well as to discuss any further courses of action that may be deemed necessary.?

Further courses of action?  Komachi had known this was a serious matter, but she had never heard of a circumstance in which the High Court felt the need to take action.  Her only guess was that they were planning on discussing what should be done about reincarnation, but that didn?t seem like something that needed an emergency meeting.

?Firstly, let us discuss the most immediate concern.  In this area of jurisdiction, there have been zero souls crossing from the World of the Living over to the Afterlife.  Normally, this would warrant a halt on reincarnation, in order to keep the balance of souls intact.  However, considering the nature of these circumstances, the High Court moves to propose that reincarnation in the land of Gensokyo should continue uninhibited until either the resolution of this conflict, or until the situation has worsened. Are there any objections from the Judges??

Komachi breathed a sigh of relief.  Her greatest fear for this incident was that reincarnation would be put on hold until the flow of souls was repaired.  While the long term side effect was that all life in Gensokyo would go extinct, there were plenty of equally major short term side effects that would be devastating.  Well, maybe not equally as major, but still pretty bad.

Seeing no objections, the minister seated on the left throne continued.  ?Very well, it is decided.  We shall keep a careful watch on the flow of souls, and should the situation become dangerous, further action will be taken.?

Komachi suddenly had an inexplicable feeling of dread.  Her greatest fear in regards to the consequences of this incident was written off without note as the very first course of action of the meeting.  She couldn?t help but feel as if there must be something much worse, much more important that was still going to be discussed.

?Before we proceed any further, we shall share the results of our investigation.  If there are any questions, we shall address them at the end.? Pulling out a scroll from under his desk, the minister on the left stood from his seat and began reading.

?The spirits of the dead, both appearing in Gensokyo and stolen from the Netherworld, are indeed being controlled by one individual.  The Court had no records of this individual ever existing in the World of the Living, or in Gensokyo.  We have also determined that she is not a member of the Ministry of Right and Wrong, nor is she a denizen of the eight levels of hell or the Netherworld.?

It seemed even the High Court had no knowledge of who this person was.  There were very, very few circumstances in which this could happen.  The only one Komachi could think of was if they were native to the Moon, where a separate institution kept the records, and so the High Court wouldn?t have had anything on them.  She supposed it was possible for similar situations to crop up from other places, though she could count on one hand the number of worlds the High Court didn?t have records on, so it wasn?t a particularly wide range of possibilities.

?Furthermore, we have determined this individual?s purpose for taking the spirits of the dead.? Komachi sat up a little straighter.  Hearing they had no idea who she was wasn?t helpful.  Hearing that they figured out what she was planning was news she was interested in. ?It appears that her purpose for gathering the spirits of the dead was to fashion them into some sort of weapon. We do not know what purpose she has for building it, but we can determine its relative strength.?

Apparently, the High Court was not messing around when it came to investigating.  In what could have been no more than three days, they managed to determine that this stranger who had appeared in Gensokyo was definitely controlling the spirits of the dead, was using them to make some sort of weapon, and determined how strong the weapon was going to be before it was even finished.  They honestly put her week of investigation work to shame.

?Since it will be relevant in our decision making process, we will share what we know of the weapon.  There have been a multitude of variations to it that leave much of our knowledge on it obsolete, however what we do know is this: the weapon is designed to target worlds outside of its area of construction.  The weapon, if fully charged, has enough power to destroy an area roughly the size of the Former Hell.  The weapon is resilient enough to be fired multiple times, providing it can be charged.?

Komach?s eyes went wide.  Who in the eight hells could invent a weapon like this?  It could destroy an area equal to the size of the Former Hell.  While smaller than the current Hell, it was still huge.  Easily hundreds of times larger than Gensokyo.  Komachi was an expert of distance, not area, but she was pretty sure she had seen continents that were smaller than the Former Hell in the outside world.

Secondly, it would target a world outside of Gensokyo.  Komachi quickly listed off the possible targets to herself: the moon, Hell, Heaven, Makai.  Ironically, Hell aside, all of these were areas in which the High Court didn?t keep records of inhabitants.  As such, if there was some sort of war going on between the two, or someone had been expelled from one and was seeking revenge, there was no way they would know.  Thus, the target could be any of them.

Briefly gazing around the room, she saw she wasn?t the only one shocked by the news.  Even Shiki, who had been expressionless until now, had a grim look on her face.

?As you are well aware, it is not within our duties to prevent loss of life on the mortal planes.? The minister who had been speaking the entire time continued.  True, there had been massacres and epidemics that had killed millions of humans in the past, yet the High Court never considered intervening.  The very fact that they were holding an emergency Session led to the belief that they would be intervening, so there must have been some other reason, and Komachi had a feeling she knew what it was.

?However, we cannot sit idly by while the possibility of an attack against us persists.? Of course.  If there was a weapon that could attack across worlds, it could attack them.  For obvious reasons, no one wanted to be attacked, but if Komachi was half as good at taking hints as she thought she was, they were more worried about someone being able to attack them than they were worried about the actual attack.

?As such, this Session shall determine what course of action is most suited to the prevention of the use of this weapon, and its immediate dismantling.?
The room stirred slightly.  The High Court hadn?t intervened in the other worlds for thousands of years.  And if the last time were any indication, the results of an intervention would be bad for everyone involved.

?We shall now share what the High Court has determined to be the most effective course of action. If you have objections, now is your chance to be heard.? The minister cleared his throat as he shuffled through the papers on his desk.

Komachi wasn?t sure how she felt about the situation.  On the one hand, she knew the difficulty of the situation in Gensokyo.  She hadn?t spoken to Reimu and the others since the last time she visited the Hakurei Shrine, but she had heard stories in her investigation of what they had come up against.  If the person who was controlling the spirits of the dead was as strong as the stories mentioned, it would no doubt be difficult for the residents of Gensokyo to handle the crisis on their own, and intervention by the High Court would very likely save the day.

However?Komachi knew the type of interventions that the High Court issued.  The High Court hadn?t staged an intervention for thousands of years, and the result had wiped out an entire empire from the Human World.  The only thing that now remained of them was an ocean in their name.  If something like that were to happen again?

?We have determined that the weapon being constructed has not yet acquired the necessary magical energy to fire.  Therefore, the most sure fire way to prevent it from firing is to remove the possibility of it being charged.  As such, we have determined the most suitable way to remove magic from the World of the Living.?

Komachi?s eyes widened ? that was happening a lot today ? and it was all she could do to stop her jaw from dropping.  They were planning on removing magic itself from the World of the Living, just to stop one weapon? On the one hand, the proposition was absurd.  On the other hand, if the High Court thought that was what was necessary, the situation must be much worse than she had originally feared?

?As magic has only been preserved in the World of the Living in a single location, removing that preservation should be sufficient.  Therefore, the High Court suggests the destruction of the Great Hakurei Border as the simplest and most direct solution to the problem at hand.

At that, Komachi?s jaw did drop.  Their plan, to stop a single person, was to destroy all of Gensokyo?  Because that person maybe had the potential to launch an attack on Hell? That?s absolutely absurd.  Do they even understand the repercussions of destroying Gensokyo?

Out of the corner of her eye, Komachi saw Shiki?s composure beginning to crack.  She had stayed expressionless thus far, but after hearing they planned on destroying Gensokyo, it seemed even she couldn?t stay calm.

?I must object to this course of action.? However, despite her clear opposition to the course of action suggested by the Court, she was not the first to voice an objection. Instead, one of the Judges on the far side of the room stood and spoke. ?Taking such a drastic course of action for only a potential threat is unjustifiable.?

?The High Court disagrees with your claim,? the minister responded, almost as if by rote. ?The decision has been reviewed multiple times, and is quite well justified.  Firstly, the creation of a weapon which has the capabilities of attacking Hell is already a crime.  Therefore, it is our duty to punish that offense.?

?You would strip an entire world of magic for the offense of one individual?? The Judge continued to argue.  It seemed he wasn?t particularly worried about Gensokyo after all.  Regardless, Komachi still shared his opinion.

?The fact that such an event was possible exceeded our expectations.  The possibility of it occurring again in the future after this event is not low, therefore it is in the best interest of both ourselves and all other realms to cut out the possibility altogether.?

?I must further object.? Shiki finally stood up and spoke. ?If the individual responsible is eliminated, knowledge of the construction of the weapon will be lost.  Furthermore, the eradication of magic from the World of the Living will only delay the firing of the weapon.  For an individual as capable as this one, moving it to somewhere else where magic still exists would be child?s play.?

?We have also considered that argument,? the minister responded.  ?However, we do know the weapon itself is constructed with magic.  Should magic be lost, it will dissolve.  Furthermore, the dissolution of the weapon in this manner will allow for the liberation of the spirits of the dead used in constructing it.  With this solution, we are able to eliminate the threat to Hell, liberate the spirits of the dead who are being manipulated, and remove the possibility of the creation of a new weapon.?

?Such results can be achieved by simply dealing with the individual responsible.  There is no need to take such widespread measures.  If we were to dispatch a team to eliminate this individual, the problem would be solved with much greater efficiency and much less collateral damage.  Even without a team, I myself could-?

?We are not an army, Xanadu!? the minister cut Shiki off in the middle of her sentence. ?You are not a soldier. You know we cannot afford to act in such a manner. The consequences of such an action on our part would threaten the end of Hell itself!?

Komachi?s face turned grim, no doubt expressing the feelings Shiki was attempting to conceal.  Komachi could see just the barest trembling in her fingers, and she of all people knew that it was not fear that made her shake.

The argument was preposterous, yet undeniable.  Shiki claimed that if the High Court was going to intervene, they should just attack the person responsible.  However, doing that meant they would have to fight.  And if they fought, they might lose.  More importantly, if they fought, others would see that they weren?t invincible.  And any doubt in the High Court?s supremacy would invite the denizens of other worlds to attempt to overthrow them.  If an agent of the High Court acted on their own, it could be written off as them not having the High Court?s support, and so their power was diminished.  But if they fought in an official capacity, there could be no doubt that they were at full power, and that would serve to teach others that Hell could be beaten.  It was no wonder they were so opposed to the idea.

However, that didn?t make the destruction of Gensokyo any more desirable.

?Do you have any further objections?? The minister stated in a flat voice. Gritting her teeth, Shiki reluctantly sat back down. ?Very well.  If there are no further objections, then let us commence the destruction of the Hakurei Border immediately.?

Komachi was in shock.  She couldn?t believe, after all that Gensokyo had been through, and after the huge threat that had been placed by this stranger, that Gensokyo would be wiped out so easily by someone else.  Someone outside, who had literally no involvement.  They were afraid for their own well-being, so they were just going to obliterate Gensokyo without even trying anything else.

Komachi turned over her silver writing stick and began scribbling furiously.  There was no way she was willing to let things end like this.  Sure, she would only be moderately inconvenienced herself by the destruction of Gensokyo.  It?s not like there?s a shortage of work for Shinigami, after all. But if Gensokyo was going to end, it wasn?t going to be like this. After all that had happened there, she wasn?t going to let that happen.

Out of the corner of her eye, she could see Shiki eyeing what she was writing.  She wasn?t allowed to speak up herself, so it was up to Shiki to raise another objection.  She knew how dangerous that would be, considering she had just claimed to have finished with her objections, and the Court would not take lightly to her raising her voice again.  But it was the only way.

Suddenly, Shiki?s eyes widened.  She had figured out what Komachi was attempting to say before she had finished writing it, and judging by her expression, it seemed she thought it might work.  However, as she moved to stand and speak again?

?Please wait.? The room froze.  Throughout the entire Session, the leftmost minister had done almost all of the talking on behalf of the High Court.  The rightmost minister had said one or two lines, but that had been it.  Now, however, the minister in the center ? with the cloth covering his face, had spoken.  His voice was calm, quiet, yet commanding.  Everyone in the room froze with a look of shock upon hearing his voice.

?It seems there are some objections which have not been addressed.? Despite the fact his entire face was covered, Komachi could tell that he was looking at her.  Instinctively, she stopped writing and flipped the writing stick over, hiding what was written on it.  She didn?t know why she did that, but for some reason it had felt appropriate.

?Please rise, Shinigami of Xanadu.? Shiki had frozen in her half standing, half sitting position, and had been staring in shock at the central minister just like everyone else had been.  Upon hearing this, however, she immediately sat down and began writing like mad on the back of the Rod of Remorse.

Stand up.

Look him directly in the eye.

Don?t speak until he tells you to.

Speak loudly, but don?t yell.

Speak confidently, but not overbearingly.


The list went on and on and on and on?Komachi?s heart was already racing at the prospect, and Shiki?s last minute tips weren?t helping her to relax.  She had never expected to have to speak in the High Court ? in fact, she had been told that if she said anything, she?d probably be sentenced to a fate worse than death ? but now she was about to be questioned by the most high ranking official in the Ministry of Right and Wrong, the head of the High Court himself.  Judging by the faces of the others in the room ? including the other two ministers ? this situation was as unexpected by the others present as it was by her.

Slowly, Komachi rose from her seat.  She hadn?t thought through how she would say this diplomatically, since she had expected Shiki to be the one to raise the objection.  Her mind raced as she attempted to come up with a way of getting her point across that wouldn?t get her instantly fired.  Or executed.

?Now, what is it you wish to say??  The High Minister spoke in his usual calm tone, but for some reason it still sent chills down Komachi?s spine.  Well, it was now or never.

?If I may, please allow me to ask.  Should an intervention by the High Court not be a last resort??

?Of course,? the leftmost minister was speaking again.  ?However, due to the gravity of the situation, we cannot risk any other outcome.  That is why we have decided to act.?

??I agree, the weapon cannot be allowed to fire under any circumstances,? Komachi spoke slowly, trying to best to sound respectful, ?but if there was a possibility that it would be dismantled before it fired without our intervention, would that not be ideal??

?Are you suggesting that this is a possibility? The High Court has already held an investigation, and no such possibility presented itself.?

?If I may, I am the sole Shinigami serving the area in which Gensokyo is situated.? Komachi spoke slowly, though now it was less out of an attempt to sound respectful and more to buy her time to think of what to say next.  ?I believe that my experience there allows me to have a more realistic perspective on the nature and strength of its residents.?

Silence followed her words.  Judging by the minister?s face, he had no desire to hear her out, but since the High Minister had asked her to share her objection, there was nothing he could do.  As such, Komachi continued.

?My experience tells me that the possibility of this issue being resolved by the residents of Gensokyo is very high.  I believe the order to destroy the Hakurei Border as the first course of action is?premature.?

?How dare you speak with such-!? The minister began yelling at Komachi?s apparent rudeness ? she had thought she was being polite, but apparently she hadn?t quite managed ? however he was cut off by the High Minister, raising a hand to silence him.  When he had stopped talking, the High Minister spoke.

?Do you honestly believe that Gensokyo will resolve this conflict on its own??

Komachi nodded solemnly.  ?I believe the possibility exists.?

?Would you bet the lives of all the denizens of the World of the Living and the Eight Hells on that possibility??

With a gulp, she responded with a silent, firm nod.

The room was filled with silence.  No one dared to speak up after the exchange between the Shinigami and the High Minister of the Ministry of Right and Wrong.  The seconds turned to minutes as the two stared at each other across the court room.  Well, Komachi stared at him.  She wasn?t sure whether he was staring back, considering his face was still covered by that cloth.

After what had seemed like hours, the High Minister began writing something on his desk.  No one was in a position to see what he was writing except for the ministers beside him, and their faces did not give any hints as to what they saw.  After he had finished writing, Komachi could once again feel his eyes on her.

?Ten days.?

Komachi noticed out of the corner of her eye the eyes of the Judges around the room simultaneously widen in surprise.
?If the residents of Gensokyo cannot resolve the issue within ten days, we shall carry out the destruction of the Great Hakurei Border as planned.  Is this acceptable??

Komachi didn?t know how to respond.  Ten days wasn?t much, but it was a lot more time than they would have had otherwise.  When she didn?t immediately respond, Shiki began writing once more, and Komachi could tell she was writing a script for her to follow.

?A-ah, yes, thank you.  I appreciate you?hearing?out?my?objection!? After that, she hastily sat down in her seat and futilely attempted to act inconspicuous.  Futile, because everyone in the room was already staring at her.

?Very well.  This Session of the High Court is now adjourned. I thank you all for coming here on such short notice.? The minister on the right hand side adjourned the meeting, and the three ministers together stepped down from their seats and exited out the back of the room.  As soon as they had left, the room was filled with whispering, and Komachi couldn?t help but feel as if she was the topic of every conversation.  Was it such a big deal? Well, whatever.

?I can?t believe you.? Shiki was leaning on the desk in front of her, shaking her head, possibly being the only person in the room who wasn?t staring at her.  ?You are really something else, you know that??

?What? Was it such a big deal that someone that wasn?t a Judge spoke? Plus, he told me to, so there wasn?t much I could do anyways?? Komachi let out a yelp as Shiki bonked her on the head with the stick again.

?It?s not ?he,? it?s ?High Minister.? Don?t ever refer to him so casually again.? She was admonishing her, but she still sounded just as exhausted and disbelieving as before.  ?The issue isn?t that you spoke.  The issue was what your speaking did.  Do you have any idea when the last time the High Court ever amended one of their decisions was??

?Uhh?hmm?? Komachi was at a loss.  Try as she might, she actually couldn?t think of a single time.  Granted, she wasn?t really that well versed in the ways of the High Court, so she figured if there had been amendments, they would have just been written into the original rules.  It couldn?t have been that big of a deal, right?

?The answer is never. Not in the entire history of the High Court or the Ministry of Right and Wrong have they ever amended or repealed a decision they made, no matter what the objections.?

Suddenly, Komachi understood why everyone was staring at her and whispering.  Apparently, she had just made history.  She wasn?t sure how she felt about that.  ?What I said wasn?t that amazing, was it?  Shouldn?t that have been something they should have thought of themselves??

?That?s the point,? Shiki said, cleaning the text off her Rod of Remorse and standing up to leave.  ?What you said claimed that the High Court had made a mistake, that there was a flaw in their investigation.  What?s more, they accepted your argument and amended their decision.  Do you have any idea how big of a deal that is??

Komachi similarly wiped her silver writing stick clean, and as she did so, a court attendant came and took it away from her.  ?Well, uhh?hmm.  I?m sorry??  Standing up and following Shiki as she walked, the two were the first of the Judges to leave the courtroom.

Walking down the long, silent corridor through which they had arrived, Shiki?s face returned to its composed, expressionless look.  ?Anyways, you?ve bought Gensokyo ten more days.  If nothing else, that?s an accomplishment.?

?Do you think that?ll be enough?? Shiki looked at her out of the corner of her eye as she asked the question, sighing before responding.

?I have no idea.  However, there isn?t really an option.  You are going to have to solve it before then. The World of the Living can?t afford losing Gensokyo.?

Komachi nodded, a grim expression on her face.  The High Court understood the implications of destroying Gensokyo, but the fact that they were willing to do it anyways showed just how serious this situation was.  Even so, those consequences must be avoided at all costs.

Hey, wait a minute?

?Did you just say, ?you???

?Yes. Is that a problem??

?You expect me to deal with this?! Reimu and Marisa together couldn?t beat that monster, how am I supposed to do it?!?

?I don?t mean you by yourself, obviously. You and all of Gensokyo.?

?Even so?? Komachi whimpered as she spoke.  Sure, she didn?t want to see Gensokyo get destroyed, but that didn?t mean she felt particularly safe defending it herself.  ?But why ?you?? Why not, ?we???

Shiki grimaced at that.  ?I?screwed up.  The High Court heard me suggest that I could go to Gensokyo and end it myself, so they are going to be keeping an eye on me.  And it?s not just that I?d get punished if I go now, or they?ll give me a slap on the wrist for intervening when the High Court said they weren?t going to?they are going to actively stop me from going.  As soon as we leave here, you can expect that I?ll receive a message saying I am urgently needed somewhere for the next ten days??

Komachi sighed.  ?If they aren?t going to let you go, wouldn?t that mean that I?d get punished for going as well??

?Oh? Why would they punish you for whatever you decide to do on your vacation??

?Vacation? What are you?? Komachi?s voice trailed off as she saw the sly look in Shiki?s eyes once again.

?Congratulations, Shinigami Onozuka.  I hereby grant you the vacation you have been so desperately pleading for over the past two hundred years.?

?You can?t be serious.  Really? You really think this is going to make things okay?!?

Seemingly ignoring Komachi?s protests, Shiki continued.  ?You have exactly ten days off, starting now.  I suggest you use your time off wisely, as I can?t guarantee when the next time you have a vacation will be.? Shiki smiled cheerfully to the Shinigami as she passed down her sentence.
Komachi whimpered pitifully.  Shiki hadn?t exaggerated.  She had actually been asking for a vacation for the past two centuries, and now that she was finally getting it, she was going to have to spend the entire thing saving Gensokyo. 

Oh, the woes of being a Shinigami.



I've pretty much hit my target as far as amount written vs amount posted, so unfortunately chapters are only going to get posted as I finish writing new ones from now on, meaning probably about 1~2 weeks between updates instead of the 2~3 days I had going at the start.

Thanks for reading, and since I probably haven't said it before, I really appreciate your comments.  Even a small little blurb is very encouraging, so thanks for your support :)

Sagus

  • Spin, Hina, spin
  • Spin like there's no tomorrow
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #21 on: April 04, 2013, 04:34:29 PM »
Man, I think this is the first time in ever that I've seen a depiction of the members of the Ten Kings (in Touhou, at least), and it was great. I'm really interested in where this is going now, can't wait for the next chapter!
Peketo's Drawing Stuffs
Despite the name, it's mostly 3D models.

My fanfics.

Esifex

  • Though the sun may set
  • *
  • It shall rise again
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #22 on: April 04, 2013, 04:49:18 PM »
I liked the touch with the Rods being the little wipeboards for the members of the council to communicate with without having to speak, that was clever.

C'mon, Komachi! You can do it on your days off!

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #23 on: May 22, 2013, 05:02:53 AM »
I apologize for the almost two month delay to all you folks who were looking forward to the next chapter.  I could give you excuses, but that won't make this update come any quicker, so I'll spare you the trouble of reading them.

Anyways, here is Chapter 9.  I intend to post a lot more frequently than two month intervals, so look forward to the next chapter!



Chapter 9 ? Limit

Reimu sat uncomfortably on the steps at the front of the Hakurei Shrine.  She had returned only a few hours or so before, and was now watching the chaos unfolding before her with a steady uneasiness.

Kanako and Sanae had returned to the Shrine with her, and were now attempting to organize everyone into something relatively cohesive.  As Yukari had mentioned earlier, both Marisa and Youmu had been successful with their attempts to recruit others, so the majority of the residents of the Scarlet Devil Mansion and Eientei were also here.

There was a small conflict as to who was the ?leader? of the group, but after Reimu voiced her support of Kanako, the others grudgingly accepted her.  Now, she was attempting to organize the others, find out strengths and weaknesses, and develop a strategy with what little information of their opponent that they knew.  Naturally, Eirin was working with her in that regard, and it seemed as if things were taking shape quite nicely.

What bothered Reimu wasn?t what she was seeing, however.  It was more what she wasn?t seeing. Specifically, the people she had expected to see here, but weren?t.

Firstly, the Scarlet Devil Mansion?s gate guard was conspicuously absent.  Marisa had said she had brought ?everyone who was capable,? but apparently that hadn?t included Meiling.  More worrying, however, was the fact that Flandre was also absent.  She had heard that the stranger had visited the Scarlet Devil Mansion, but she hadn?t been given the specifics.  This, of course, caused her to worry.  When pressed, they simply said that everything was going to be fine, so there wasn?t much more she could do.

As far as the Eientei crew, everyone was present except for Tewi.  That was more or less understandable.  Though Reimu would have appreciated the good luck the little rabbit tended to bring along with her.

What worried her by far the most was the lack of Suwako?s presence.  Kanako and Sanae had remained tight lipped about what she was doing or where she was.  They had assured Reimu that she would join them in due time, but their refusal to elaborate had her worried.  She had managed to slowly piece together that they had come into contact with the stranger as well, but she couldn?t get any more details than that.

As Reimu sat and worried over these technicalities, Marisa touched down beside her.

?Yo.?

?Welcome back. How did it go??

?Eh, about as well as could be expected.  They should be safe for now.?

Reimu nodded absentmindedly to Marisa?s report.  It was more or less what she expected.  The two of them had been worried about the safety of the human village, so she had sent Marisa off to issue them a warning.   They had hoped Keine was still in the village, since she had taken such drastic measures to protect the village during the Endless Night incident, and it seems that she was.  The plan was simply to warn her, so that the human village would be at least slightly safer should something go wrong, or should the stranger try and seek it out for whatever reason before she could be dealt with.

Of course, neither of them expected Keine would stand a chance against the stranger alone.  But, her ability was an awfully strange one, and that strangeness might give her enough of an edge to avoid a direct confrontation.

?Oh, and I noticed something else on my way back, too.  There was an awfully large group of Kappa making their way to the Shrine it seems.?

?Ah, so they?re almost here? Perfect.?

?You managed to get the Kappa on your side too? You were working unexpectedly hard.?

?Eh, it was a convenient coincidence.  Anyways, they might have something that will give us an edge, so we?re going to work together with them.?
Marisa hummed thoughtfully as she gazed out over the Shrine grounds.  Kappa technology was pretty incredible, but in most cases it was easier just to use magic.  That being said, any help was good help, so she wasn?t going to complain.

Marisa blinked.  For some reason, she thought she saw someone who definitely shouldn?t be there. ?Hey, Reimu?is that???

Reimu had apparently already noticed, judging by the suspicious look on her face.  Standing in the middle of the Shrine grounds, speaking with Sanae and Remilia, was none other than the Shinigami who had visited them shortly before their encounter with the stranger.  It didn?t take long to realize that she was just chatting with them, and nothing productive was being accomplished.

Without a word, Reimu stood up and approached her.  Marisa followed, more out of curiosity than anything else.

?Oh, if it isn?t Reimu! Wouldn?t you know it, we were just talking about you!? Komachi, seemingly full of energy, pulled Reimu into her already occurring conversation.

?I bet you were.  Now, why are you here??

?I promised I?d come and give you guys an update if I learned anything new, didn?t I??  Despite Komachi?s cheerful and relaxed disposition, everything around them seemed to stop as she spoke those words.  Komachi may have been famous for being lazy, but everyone knew her job, and that her job put her in a fairly influential position.  That means, she was in one of the best positions of any of them to learn more about the situation at hand.

Komachi looked around nonchalantly, noticing that all of the conversations around her had stopped.  With all eyes now on her, it seemed she was having difficulty maintaining her cheerful expression, giving a nervous laugh as she scratched her head.

?Wow, I didn?t think THAT was going to be the attention grabber.?

?Oh? And what was it supposed to be?? Reimu replied in a flat voice.  Though she was grateful for any help, the kind of help that liked to laze around and make jokes all day wasn?t particularly what she had had in mind, so she had mixed feelings about Komachi being here at all.

?It was supposed to be, ?I come bearing a message from the Enma and the High Court of Hell!??  Komachi announced over dramatically, winking at Reimu as she spoke.  At that, the pause that had taken over turned into a dead stop, and everyone at the Shrine began crowding around to listen.  This, of course, only served to make Komachi more uneasy, and it clearly showed on her face.

When she didn?t continue, everyone around her started urging her on.

?Alright, alright!  Relax, relax, I?ll tell you.?  Komachi?s uneasy expression had gotten more and more tense, and as she coughed to clear her throat, it turned downright somber. ?I was sent here by the Enma for two purposes.  One was to help you out against the intruder in Gensokyo.  Two?was to tell you the decision the High Court made with regards to this case.?

A few people could be heard sighing in relief.  Those who had encountered the stranger knew how dangerous a situation they were in.  If Komachi had been sent to help them, that meant the Enma was on their side.  That much help could make all the difference.

However, the others thought in a very different way.  Despite the Enma being on their side, Komachi had a message to tell them.  And if the normally happy-go-lucky Komachi was making such a somber face, it meant that whatever it was definitely couldn?t be good.

?Well, I?ll give you the good news first.  The High Court decided that, considering the situation, even if no new souls are crossing the Sanzu, they are going to allow reincarnation to continue as normal.?

At that, Reimu, Marisa, and Youmu all sighed in relief.  That had been the worst possible outcome they had predicted, so the fact that it had been avoided was a fairly large victory in and of itself. However, their relief was tempered by anxiety.  If they heard the ?good news? first, that meant there must be some kind of bad news.  And bad news was something they really didn?t have much tolerance for at the moment.

?The bad news?well?how do I put it?? The crowd watched anxiously as Komachi struggled to put her thoughts into words.  ?I suppose it would make more sense for me to explain the process, so let?s do that.  The High Court investigated this incident and has determined not necessarily the stranger?s goal, but at least what she?s doing now.?

A few eyes of the more tactically minded around the circle could be seen widening.  One of their biggest issues was that they had no idea what the objective of the stranger was, so they had no way to plan for and protect against it.  If they could just be straight up told what her objective was, things would suddenly turn a lot easier for them.

?So, the big black tower that she?s building is made of the Souls of the Dead, right? Well, it?s designed as a weapon.  A really big, powerful weapon.  In fact, it?s a weapon that is designed for the attacking of other worlds, like Hell, Makai, or the Moon.  I suppose it could even attack the Netherworld, but now that it?s empty, I find it unlikely that that?s in the plan.?

Komachi?s announcement was met by grim faces.  This was more less what they had been expecting.  Not necessarily that it was a weapon, or that it would be some way to attack other worlds, but the magnitude of the issue is more or less along the lines of what their predictions had been.

On the one hand, that meant that the weapon couldn?t really be used to attack Gensokyo.  On the other hand, that would implicate Gensokyo in any attack on another world, meaning it would likely be completely annihilated in the backlash.  No one was particularly fond of that idea.

?That?s all well and good, but does it really matter??  Marisa was the first to speak up in response. ?I mean, we?re just going to beat her and take it apart anyways, so who cares what it actually does, right??

?That assumes we can win before she uses it.  We have no idea how long it will take her to finish building it, so for all we know it could already be too late.? Sakuya responded calmly to Marisa?s question.  It seemed she was expressing the generally held opinion, but Komachi seemed to disagree.
?I?m not gonna lie, I?m with the Witch on this one.  Though she might have a big and fancy weapon, it still needs fuel.  And while Gensokyo is a pretty good place to get magical energy to fuel it, it?ll still take her weeks, if not months, to get the magic energy she?ll need.?

A sigh of relief passed through the crowd, conspicuously skipping Marisa who was nodding her head with a very know-it-all expression.

?However?we have a much more pressing time limit than that?? Komachi?s quiet addendum to her previous statement caused the tension in the group to rise once more.  As they watched on anxiously, Komachi cleared her throat once more before giving her final piece of news.

?The High Court has decided that the threat posed by the weapon is too great to be ignored.  As such, as a preventative measure, in order to rob the weapon of its fuel source, Gensokyo will be destroyed if the weapon has not been dismantled within the next nine days.?

The silence that followed was deafening.  Everyone had known there was going to be a time limit, they had just expected that it was going to be imposed by the stranger.  They figured they wouldn?t know what that limit was, but as long as they beat the stranger fast enough, it should be okay. Especially since they now had heard it could potentially take months for the stranger to even become a threat, they had already begun relaxing into an attitude that dictated careful, long term planning over hotheaded action.

Now, however, they had an external threat.  The High Court of Hell itself was gunning to destroy Gensokyo.  Not only that, but they were planning to do so as a stop-gap measure, not even as an actual solution to the problem.  Surely they knew that removing the fuel source of the weapon was only a temporary solution, right?

While they weren?t exactly taking their time, they weren?t in a rush to confront the stranger.  No one knew exactly how strong she was, so they wanted to make sure they had every possible edge, had made every possible preparation before confronting her.  Now, they had a concrete limit that spelled far more than just losing a fight.

?Don?t tell me this is actually a problem for you??

Everyone turned at the unexpected voice coming from behind the crowd.  Sitting on the edge of one of her trademark gaps to nowhere was none other than Yukari Yakumo, parasol resting gently on her shoulder.

?Of course it?s a problem!? Reimu was nearly shouting.  ?Did you hear a word she just said?!?

Yukari?s face remained passive.  ?Oh, so you were just planning on letting this stranger have her way with Yuyuko and the spirits of the dead for a few months before dealing with her??

At that, Reimu found herself speechless. Looking around, she saw similarly surprised, and in a few cases slightly embarrassed faces from those around her.  Of particular note were Youmu and Marisa, neither of which seemed like this was a new idea to them.  Though she suspected that was for entirely different reasons.

?Oh my, don?t tell me you forgot about the whole reason we confronted her in the first place??

Reimu almost responded with a retort calling Yukari out for not being there to help them when they actually did confront the stranger, but decided against it.  She had lost Ran to this stranger, and provoking Yukari to cover her own embarrassment wouldn?t get her anywhere.

Naturally, she was right.  They had all relaxed a little when hearing the stranger?s goal wouldn?t be complete for an extended period of time.  They had relaxed, because they forgot there were still lives hanging in the balance.  In all the confusion and fear of what possible evil this intruder could be propagating, they had forgotten that not only Yuyuko, but also Ran were still at the stranger?s mercy.

Of course, they couldn?t afford to act rashly.  But they also couldn?t afford to take their time.  They had no idea whether they were too late to save them, but that is exactly why every second counted.

?Nine days.  It will take four days to get to the Palace of the Earth Spirits and back.  In that time, someone can easily visit the Myouren Temple.  That gives you another four days to prepare, leaving one day as a margin of error.  Considering everything that?s going on, you have all the time in the world.?
?Really? Can we really afford to wait that long before making our move? You just said-?

?Don?t be stupid Reimu,? Yukari sighed. ?You don?t have any time to spare, but that doesn?t mean you can afford to be crazy.  You know you?ll need all the help you can get.  There is no reason to change the plan now.?

Silence returned to the crowd.  Everyone had been watching Reimu and Yukari?s short conversation, but now that it was over, no one was willing to speak up.
Reimu finally broke the silence with a sigh. ?Alright, alright.  You?re right, I was getting ahead of myself.  We?ve almost finished here, all we have to do is get the last few people to join us and we?ll be ready to go.  We should probably get started right away.?

At that, the crowd began to murmur amongst themselves once again.  Agreeing that they had no time left to waste, they went back to making their preparations for the coming battle.

After a few minutes of scattered questions and dispersing groups, all that remained were Reimu, Yukari, Marisa, Youmu, and Komachi.
?I guess I should say,? Reimu started turning to Komachi, ?Thanks for coming by to help.  The news you brought may not have been fantastic, but I?m glad for any help we get.?

Komachi smiled awkwardly. ?Don?t worry about it.  This is just?my job?after all.? For some reason her voice sounded strangely tense while she said that.  Before she could ask why, Yukari interrupted.

?There are two places left to visit.  There is no one else here in particular that is better suited to visit them than you three, but it won?t take three of you to visit two places.  Which of you is going to go??

?I?m tempted to volunteer so that Reimu can stay behind, but?? Youmu spoke up quietly in response to Yukari?s question.  ?I?ve never been to the Palace of the Earth Spirits or to the Myouren Temple.  I somewhat doubt I?d be a very compelling recruiter.?

?That?s alright, we have a lot of bossy people here.  We don?t need me to keep an eye on things,? Reimu said with only a hint of bitterness in her voice. ?You?re on pretty good terms with Hijiri, right Marisa??

Marisa looked thoughtful for a second.  ?Yeah, I suppose you could say that.  I?ve also got another place I?d like to visit that?s between here and there, so that seems like the best bet for me.?

?Alright, I?ll head to the Palace of the Earth Spirits then.?

?Apparently Kanako and Eirin want to talk to me about something,? Komachi spoke up, ?but if you don?t mind waiting until morning I can give you a bit of a boost on your way to the Underground.  I can?t get you inside, but I can at least get you to the entrance.?

?Sounds good. Until morning, then.?  With that, Reimu headed inside of the shrine, and Youmu and Komachi took off to talk to Kanako and Eirin, who were still hard at work trying to organize something out of the mess of people that had arrived at the shrine.

The only two remaining were Marisa and Yukari, standing in the middle of the shrine grounds.  Turning to watch the sun that had almost completely sunk below the horizon, Marisa started talking again.

?I know this might sound like a silly question, but how are things??

Yukari regarded Marisa with a blank stare, and a few moments passed before she responded.  ?They?ve been better.  Komachi?s news means most of my preparations have been in vain, but at least now I know what to prepare against.  I might even be able to work something up to stall the Judges from destroying the Hakurei Border if time runs a little short.?

After a few moments of silence, Marisa spoke again.  ?And you??

Yukari laughed quietly.  ?Are you telling me the Marisa Kirisame is worried about little old me??  Marisa responded by giving Yukari a wry smile, but otherwise said nothing.

?Thank you for your concern, but I?m fine.  I?ve been working too hard over the past few days to recover much of my strength, but other than that, there are no problems.  Ran?I still haven?t found a single clue about her whereabouts.  Chen has run off somewhere too, but I suspect that she is looking for Ran as well.?

Marisa turned back to the sunset, and with as straight a face as she could possibly manage, spoke one last time. ?Well, okay.  As long as you don?t drag us down.?

?Ha, not in your lifetime, kid.? Yukari?s face broke into a smile as she spoke.  As she did so, both of them saw the familiar face of a certain Kappa and her retinue reach the top of the shrine steps. ?I have some things to take care of.  Would you be so kind as to greet our guests??

Without waiting for a reply, Yukari vanished back into her gap.  Resting her broom on her shoulder like a parasol, Marisa casually strolled her way over to meet the new arrivals.

Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #24 on: May 22, 2013, 10:50:11 AM »
Well done! I'm liking this fic so far!

This is how you make a villain OC, folks.

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #25 on: June 04, 2013, 10:53:56 PM »
I feel like my transitions are really weak, especially in this chapter.  I'm not particularly sure how to improve on them, but if you guys have any tips, please feel free to share!

Here's the next chapter.  Hope you enjoy!



Chapter 9.5 ? The Rising Sun

Orin strode purposefully through the corridors of the Palace of the Earth Spirits.  She spent most of her time in the Hell of Blazing Fires with Utsuho, trucking corpses around and dealing with the evil spirits that resided there, but it wasn?t uncommon for her to walk around the Palace itself on her breaks.
What was uncommon was for her to be the only one walking through the Palace on her breaks.

While it was odd, it provoked more of a sense of curiosity in her than worry.  Lady Satori had a lot of pets, so the fact that none of them were around meant they must have gathered somewhere else.  To be completely honest, Orin was heading to that same place right now.

Though, while on the topic of being honest, she didn?t entirely know where that was.  She was one of the more senior workers in the Hell of Blazing Fires, so if anyone knew how to deal with the rumors that circulated among the Kasha and the Hell Crows, it was her.

For instance, the speed with which the rumor that the Palace had a new visitor grew and spread meant it was probably true.  The kind of speed it took off with meant a few of the pets had probably seen the visitor themselves.  For that reason, Orin was searching to see if she could find the visitor herself.

However, the rumors as to where the visitor was were much less believable.  Most people she asked had no idea.  Everyone else had given her a different answer.  She?s drinking tea with Lady Satori! She?s in the Hell of Blazing Fires! She came to help us deal with the evil spirits! She came to wipe out the Palace of the Earth Spirits and build a castle on it! And so on.

Obviously she wasn?t going to learn anything valuable from the other pets, so she was going to have to go find out herself.  It would be a lie to say she wasn?t buying into the excitement though.  It wasn?t every day that the Palace of the Earth Spirits got a visitor from above ground, so she couldn?t help but want to take a peak herself.  Technically speaking, she had no evidence that the visitor was actually from the surface, but the fact that they had caused such a stir meant it was unlikely they just came from the Underground City.

At least that?s what she told herself.  It made things more exciting that way.

The fact that she was alone walking through the corridors was starting to bother her though.  Normally, the arrival of a visitor would have prompted everyone in the Palace to be searching for them like she was.  The fact that she was the only one that seemed to still be searching meant that it was most likely everyone else had already found them, and she was the last one.

Feeling this, she picked up the pace.


---------------


Satori stood uncomfortably across from her visitor.  It wasn?t every day that the Palace of the Earth Spirits got visitors, but it had started happening more and more often as of late.  Most of the time, they were coming to see her pets however.  That didn?t necessarily bother her, but for some reason this time it did.

?Miss Komeiji, I presume?? The visitor finally spoke.  She had been slow in responding to Satori?s greeting, which had for some reason put her on edge, but now that she was talking it helped to ease her mind a bit.

?Yes, though you may call me Satori.?

?Ah, that?s right.  We wouldn?t want to confuse you with your sister now, would we??

Satori raised an eyebrow at that.  She supposed it wasn?t particularly strange that the stranger knew her name.  After all, whether she liked it or not, she was pretty famous ? maybe infamous was a better word ? around the Underground.  It wouldn?t take too long to figure out her name, even if you weren?t specifically trying to figure it out.

The fact that she knew about Koishi however was a different story.  She spent almost no time in the Underground, and while those at the Palace of the Earth Spirits knew her, she couldn?t say the same about the others in the Underground.  That must mean this person had some connections to her pets?or had met Koishi personally.

?Oh? Not many people know of my sister.  May I ask how you are acquainted?? So she might as well ask.  There was no reason not to, and it did make for good conversation.

?Oh, you know.  Word of mouth.? The stranger responded with a gentle smile.  She didn?t sound like she was lying, or trying to hide anything but?

Prison? Satori, of course, wasn?t so much interested in her response as her thoughts.  Being able to read minds wasn?t an omnipotent power, after all she could only read their thoughts of what they were thinking at that exact moment.  However, when asked a question, most people tended to think about the answer, so even if they weren?t willing to be honest with you, you could always read their mind to find out what you really wanted anyways.

The answer she had gotten was not what she had expected, however.  The thoughts were hazy and incomplete with this person.  She managed to see something about watching, the shrine up on the mountain, and a prison of some sort.  Unfortunately, with such disjointed thoughts, she couldn?t really come up with a strong conclusion.

?Is something the matter?? This time it was the stranger?s turn to be bothered by an extended silence.  Satori hadn?t dealt with someone whose thoughts were in such disarray in a long time, so she had been taken aback, and had forgotten to respond.

?Oh, no, my apologies.  I?ve got a lot on my mind, so I was just distracted.? Satori, being able to read minds, had grown quite distasteful of lying in general.  That didn?t mean she wasn?t willing to hide things from people though.

?You?ve come all the way here, is there anything I can do for you??

?Actually, I?ve come to meet with a few of the residents here.  One of which is your sister.  Might you be able to point me in her direction??

??I?m sorry, she doesn?t spend much time here anymore.  She is likely off wandering somewhere on the surface right now.? Satori?s confusion was beginning to grow into apprehension.  It was rare enough that someone even knew her sister existed, but now this person wanted to meet her?

As if to match Satori?s apprehension, the stranger?s smile disappeared upon hearing this.  She didn?t look angry?per se, but she definitely wasn?t pleased.
?Well, it seems like you aren?t lying, so there is no need to get angry at you.  It?s hardly your fault if your sister runs away from home.?

Satori raised an eyebrow once again at that.

?I apologize if you?ve come all this way for nothing, but may I at least ask what business you have with my sister? She doesn?t get very many visitors.?
?Ah, don?t worry.  She is not the only one I came to see.  I just wished to talk to her for a little bit is all.?

Satori?s apprehension exploded into full alarm.  Most people when they spoke had their thoughts echo their speech.  When they lied, these two streams would contradict each other.  The disjointed, unconnected nature of this person?s thoughts meant that it was very different listening to her speak and reading her thoughts.

Hearing her speak, her mind told a very different story. Koishi Komeiji. Utsuho Reiuji.  Recruiment.

?Recruit? For what?? Satori spoke under her breath, almost unconsciously.  She hadn?t intended for the stranger to hear her, but as she spoke, the stranger?s face dropped quickly into what was very much an angry expression.

?You?that?s your power.  You can actually read my mind??

?Oh, I?m sorry, did you not know?  Most stories about me involve that, so I figured if you knew my name you must have heard those stories as well.?  Satori spoke with a practiced calm, but her internal tension was building rapidly.  Most people who discovered she could read minds responded with fear, or possibly would run away.

The only thing she got from this person was anger.

?I?m going to have to ask you to never do that again.  I can?t be held responsible for what happens to you if you do.?  The stranger spoke, barely able to contain the anger in her voice.  It seemed she was a very private person, considering how her thoughts echoed of things she must keep hidden.  She wasn?t thinking of anything specific though, whether out of an impressive self-control of her own thoughts or just a side effect of the strangeness of the way she thought.

??if it were that easy, people wouldn?t hate me so much,? Satori said, expressionless.  ?I?m sorry, but it?s not something I can ?turn off.?  If you don?t want me hearing your thoughts, I suggest you don?t spend much time in my company.?

The stranger seemed to calm down after hearing that.  Satori was on the verge of letting down her guard when she spoke again.

?I suppose I can?t blame you then.  Oh well, I will just have to eliminate you as an unfortunate obstacle rather than an intentional one.?

Satori leapt backwards, startled.  A split second after she did so, the ground beneath where she had been standing erupted violently, throwing chunks of floor and stone up into the air.  Shortly afterwards, she ducked, narrowly dodging a chunk of rock that had propelled itself towards her, and a leap into the air dodged another two.

When attempting to dodge attacks, being able to read your opponent?s mind was a pretty helpful advantage.

Before either Satori or the stranger could react any further, the room was filled with countless screams.  Out of the corners of the room, from just behind the doors, and hidden up in the ceiling, countless shadows leapt towards the stranger, screaming with rage.

From every conceivable hiding space, dozens of animals that had come to live at the Palace of the Earth Spirits as Satori?s pets leapt at the stranger.  However, Satori had eyes only for the intruder ? who was standing still, smiling coldly.

Before she could shout at her pets to stop, the stranger raised both of her hands into the air above her head.  As she did so, pieces of floor and the stone that lay under it tore from their resting places and flew upwards.  Chunks of rock ranging in size from a small fist to a large person?s head flew violently into the air, spinning wildly, spiraling in towards the stranger.  As they did so, over half of the pets that had lunged at the stranger were struck by the seemingly random array of rocks and stones, and were sent tumbling to the floor.

?Stop it! Stay away from her!? Satori yelled, trying her best not to make her command into a scream.  Though the remaining animals stopped approaching the stranger, they didn?t back down.

?Get away from here, it?s too dangerous!? Satori?s mind raced.  The stranger?s mind was too fragmented and convoluted to make out what she was planning, but as she tried to decipher her thoughts, she was overwhelmed by the voices of her pets.

We won?t let you touch her!

Get away from here!

We?ll make you pay!

No one threatens our master!

At any other time, Satori might have felt touched by this display of loyalty, but now it was only causing her to panic.  There was no way any of them could stand up to this person, they were only going to get themselves killed.

The stranger stood unmoving, the rocks that had been floating in the air now gathered around her, orbiting her slowly.  She wore an amused expression as she watched Satori?s pets stare her down.

?Get away from here, you can?t take her!? Satori shouted again, begging them to back away, but it had no effect.  Instead, she could do nothing but watch as they pounced at the stranger once more.

The stranger?s smile widened as she watched the approaching animals.  As she clapped her hands in front of her, the chunks of rock orbiting her closed in, forming a protective sphere.  The eight remaining pets that hadn?t been blown away by the last attack collided violently into the rock shield and nimbly leapt away. 

As they prepared themselves for another attack, the rock shield broke apart, the pieces floating in the air around the stranger once more.  Before any of them could move, the stranger pointed towards them, still smiling.   The rocks hovering around her hurled themselves forward, taking the various animals by surprise.  Without being able to dodge, all of them were blown away.

It had only taken seconds.  Pieces of rock lay scattered across the floor, almost matching in number the bodies of Satori?s pets.  In only seconds, Satori once more faced the stranger alone.

?My my, that was fun.  I needed a bit of stress relief after having to deal with that frog goddess?? the stranger mumbled to herself, a satisfied expression on her face.

Satori was speechless.  Her precious friends had all been mowed down in front of her like nothing.  They had all risked their lives to protect her, and before she could even act, every single one of them was blown away.

?Well then, shall we get back to the matter at hand?? The stranger calmly called out to Satori, carefully picking her way through the chunks of stone and the bodies of Satori?s pets as she approached her.

Satori had been worried before.  She was worried from the moment she first met this person.  She was downright scared when her pets had attacked, knowing they didn?t stand a chance.

But now, tears welling up in her eyes, she felt none of that.  All she felt was an anger she didn?t know she was capable of.

Chunks of rock and stone appeared out of thin air, floating slowly around Satori.  Staring the stranger in the eye, she tried to speak, but had no words.  Her precious friends had all been hurt because of this intruder. Not only did she not care that she hurt them, she enjoyed it.  She couldn?t even find a way to give words to the rage boiling up inside of her.

?Oh, I?m sorry, were those friends of yours? My, how insensitive of me.? The stranger continued to speak, her tone just as mocking and condescending as before.  Satori could hear her knuckles cracking as she clenched her hands into fists.

This stranger would never see the light of day again.  She would make sure of it.


----------------


Orin continued to walk at a brisk pace through the hallways of the Palace of the Earth Spirits.  She had checked almost everywhere for the visitor except for two places: the main reception hall, and the Hell of Blazing Fires out back.

It was called the main reception hall, but the fact that there were three of them meant it was not as obvious a place to look as it would first seem.  She had in fact checked the other two already, so she was almost certain that this is where the visitor would be.

As she thought about it further, she supposed they could be in the throne room.  The Palace of the Earth Spirits had a throne room of sorts, but it was almost never used.  In fact, the last time Orin could remember it being opened at all was so they could use it for a game of hide and seek that she had stumbled in upon by accident.  So while it was quite unlikely that they were there, she tacked it on to her list of places to search.

Opening the door to the main reception hall, Orin froze.

Her face paled as she looked over the scene in front of her.  The floor had been torn to pieces.  Chunks of stone and rock were scattered around, and little of the original floor remained intact.  Lying interspersed between the chunks stone and rock were dozens of bodies of the residents of the Palace of the Earth Spirits.  Many of them were bleeding profusely.  None of them were moving.

Standing petrified, Orin could do little but gaze out over the room, hoping desperately to see at least one of them stand up, or roll over, or something.  Instead, what she found was something much worse.

Panicking, she literally flew across the room as fast as she possibly could, landing violently beside the body of a small, pink haired youkai.  Her clothes were torn, she was bleeding from everywhere, and half of her body was buried in chunks of stone.  Without even stopping to think, Orin began throwing chunks of rock off of her, trying to liberate the injured youkai.

?Lady Satori! Lady Satori! Please, answer me!? Working feverishly, Orin began screaming.  There was no way this could be happening.  Lady Satori couldn?t be dead.  She just couldn?t.  It wasn?t allowed.  She wouldn?t allow it.

She almost fainted with relief when Satori began coughing weakly.

?Don?t worry, Lady Satori! Just stay there, I?ll get you out of here in no time!? Her resolve renewed seeing that Satori was still with her, Orin called on a number of the vengeful spirits that were floating around the vicinity and had them help her clear the rubble away.  Within moments, Satori was completely free of the rubble, and Orin had her propped up against a nearby wall.

She was still bleeding badly, and one of her arms and both her legs had been completely crushed.  Orin wasted no time getting her bandaged up. By the time she had used up the scraps of ruined clothing that were lying around, the spirits she had called had brought her some actual bandages, so she was able to continue the task without difficulty. None of the injuries seemed to be permanent, but she would no doubt take a long time to recover.  The only thing she had to do now was make sure she didn?t bleed out before she could recover.

??Orin?please?go?? Satori finally managed to speak weakly, but Orin shook her head firmly as she continued bandaging her up.

?Don?t worry, Lady Satori.  Whoever did this isn?t here anymore, we?re safe now.  You?re going to be okay, we just need to get you patched up a bit to stop the bleeding.?

Satori grabbed Orin?s shoulder, stopping her from working further. ??Orin?she is still?here??

?Even if she is, I need to make sure you are okay!?

?It?s okay?I can?handle it from here.  I need you?to go?? Satori?s weak voice was cut off by an equally weak coughing fit.  Taking a deep breath, she continued.  ?Everyone here?is still alive.  We?ll be okay.  But I need you?to go??

Orin finally relented.  In a room, surrounded by the injured and dying, Satori was telling her she had something more important that needed to be done.  Reluctantly, she sat back and asked her, ?Okay, Lady Satori.  Where do you need me to go??

Satori smiled weakly at Orin before her face turned grim once again.  ?Go?after her. She?s after Okuu?stop?her??

?Don?t worry, I?ll stop her no matter what!?  Making sure one last time that Satori?s life wasn?t in immediate danger, Orin stood and took off running down the hall towards the Hell of Blazing Fires.

Okuu was tough.  She wouldn?t go down easy, so if she hurried, she would most likely be able to make it in time.  With grim determination, Orin tore through the halls of the Palace of the Earth spirits as fast as physically possible.

?Hold on, Okuu?hold on!?


---------------


Minutes later, Orin was in the Hell of Blazing Fires.

To most, the temperature here would be unbearable under normal circumstances.  To her, who worked here daily, it wasn?t much.  Now, however, the whole place was uncharacteristically dark.  It was as if someone had turned the heat setting to ?low.?  It reminded her of the time before Okuu had been given her powers by that goddess from the surface?

Orin shook her head violently as she pressed forwards.  She couldn?t help fearing the worst, but she was well aware that doing so was futile.  If something had gone wrong, she?d just have to deal with it when she got there.  Besides, Okuu wasn?t so weak as to be beaten by just anyone.

Even as she thought this, she couldn?t help but feel anxious at the fact that the Hell of Blazing Fires was so much darker than it should have been.  And so, her thoughts followed this cycle over and over, until eventually she caught sight of something familiar: a gout of intense flame.

Orin rushed at top speed to the source of the flame.  If they were still fighting, then she had made it in time.  Hope started to well up in her chest, as well as something else: as the image of Satori, broken and bleeding, flashed through her mind incessantly, her desire for revenge was beginning to mount.
As she crested a ridge and her target came in sight, she stopped dead.  Standing nonchalantly in front of her was a strange woman in a black dress, and beside her was Okuu?smiling and chatting happily.

Orin was in shock.  They were supposed to be fighting.  Okuu was supposed to be in danger.  So why?why did it look like?they were friends?
Okuu turned to look at her, greeting her with a big wave and a bright smile. ?Hey, it?s Orin! Glad to see you?re still okay!?

After a few moments of stunned silence, Orin responded to Okuu?s greeting with a scream. ?Okuu, get away from her! She?s dangerous!?
Okuu?s gave a perplexed expression. ?Huh? Why would she be dangerous? It?s not like she?s going to hurt us or anything.?

Of course, she must not know anything about what happened in the Palace.  No wonder she isn?t worried.

?Listen, Okuu.  This person attacked everyone in the Palace.  Everyone is in really bad shape?even Lady Satori.  If you don?t get away from her-?
?Oh, don?t worry, I know about what happened in the Palace.?

Orin was stunned once again. ?A-and?you?re okay with that?!?

?Of course not.  But that doesn?t mean you have to get all worked up about it.?

Orin couldn?t believe her ears.  Was this really her friend she was talking to? Was this really Okuu? ?Lady Satori almost died!  She can?t even move! Everyone else?I don?t even know if ANYONE else is alive! How can you possibly not be worked up about this?!?

Okuu?s expression, which still bore it?s cheerful smile, suddenly looked uncharacteristically cold.  ??that?s just because they were weak, isn?t it??
??w-what??


?They were weak, so they lost.  It?s nothing to be angry about.? Okuu?no, Utsuho began slowly walking towards Orin. ?Some people are just weak.  They?ll always lose if they come up against someone strong.  It?s just how it is, there?s no use getting worked up about it.?

??how could you be so?this is Lady Satori we?re talking about!? Orin?s voice was barely a whisper.  This didn?t make sense.  Why was she acting so strange? The Okuu she knew wasn?t this cold and heartless.  She loved Satori more than anyone.  So why?why was she acting so cruel?

Utsuho put what she supposed was supposed to be a reassuring hand on her shoulder.  ?I know it?s not nice.  I know it?s hard to take.  But that?s why people like me are here.  That?s why people like us are here.  It?s up to strong people like us to protect the weak, isn?t it??

Utsuho gave a sad looking smile as she looked into Orin?s disbelieving eyes.  ?I know, I know.  It?s frustrating, right? It?s not an easy pill to swallow, but unfortunately that?s just the way things work.  If you try and fight that, you?ll just get burned.?

??then why?aren?t you?protecting Lady Satori? Why are you talking happily with this monster?!?

?Lady Satori lost because she was weak.  She lost to Lady Koishi all those years ago.  She lost again to that Shrine Maiden from the surface.  If I couldn?t beat them either, then how am I going to protect her from anyone else??  Utsuho let go of Orin?s shoulder and started walking back towards the stranger.
?Hoshimi promised to make me stronger.  Sure, she beat up Lady Satori and all our friends, but that was just to teach me a lesson.  To show me how much stronger I need to be.  She promised me they were all still alive, so what difference does it make in the end?  If she gives me the power I need to protect them, then they will never have to suffer like this again.  Isn?t that worth getting beat up once or twice??

??why?why can?t you see she?s just using you? Why can?t you see she?s tricking you?!?

?Using me?? Utsuho turned around as she reached the stranger?s side, facing Orin once again.  ?Of course she?s using me.  And I?m using her too.  That?s just how things work when you?re strong.  If we both get what we want, isn?t that good enough??

?Not if that means you have to sacrifice Lady Satori and all our friends!?

Utsuho suddenly looked angry.  ?Why don?t you get it, Orin?! She?s not dead! No one is! They?ll all be better in no time.  And when they are, I?ll be strong enough to protect them from anything.  I?ll be strong enough to protect everyone from anything.?

Orin stood in stunned silence, unable to bring a retort to Utsuho?s words.  She knew she was wrong.  Anyone who hurt Lady Satori had to be bad, and she had no doubts that whatever her plans were, they would end up hurting Utsuho as well.  But nothing she said was getting through to her friend.  They were within spitting distance, and yet she felt like there was no way she could get across to her.

?Time is up, Utsuho.  We need to leave.?  The stranger spoke up for the first time since Orin had arrived.  As she snapped her fingers, the air twisted and distorted behind her, eventually forming into what looked like a hole in the air, with somewhere on the surface that Orin didn?t recognize clearly visible on the other side.

Before stepping into the portal, Utsuho turned to Orin one last time.  ?I?m glad I got to see you before I headed off, Orin.  Please take care of Lady Satori until I get back.? With that, she stepped into the portal and was gone.

The stranger made to step into the portal herself, but suddenly paused and turned to Orin as well. ?By the way, when the others come visiting, would you mind telling them that I?ve decided on the name Hoshimi? I worked quite hard to come up with it, so it would be a shame if they all died before learning of it.?  With a smile and a wave, the stranger ? Hoshimi stepped into the portal, and it snapped shut behind her.

Orin couldn?t help but sink to her knees. Why? Why did these kinds of things keep happening to them? They had been happy here.  They had always been happy here.  Then that stupid goddess came and almost tore them all apart by messing with Okuu.  They had barely managed to scrape through that one intact, but then this random stranger had come and had taken her away.

She wanted to scream, wanted to cry, wanted to roar in anger.  Lady Satori was hurt.  All of her friends in the Palace were possibly dying.  Okuu had been taken away.  And here she sat, unable to protect a single person.  Unable to stop Okuu from being taken away, right before her eyes.  She had never felt more helpless in her life.

Finally, she screamed.  Her voice echoed throughout the Hell of Blazing Fires, but the only one who heard it was herself.

Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #26 on: June 07, 2013, 06:37:36 AM »
Whew! What an exciting update! The stranger (now Hoshimi) is as strong as ever and she gets Okuu to her side like Mokou.

Oh, and Hoshimi probably comes from either "星見" which means "stargazer" or "星身" which means "star body".

Or maybe it doesn't actually mean anything and you just picked it up because it sounded cool.  :D

If it is, just ignore this entry-level Japanese ramble of mine.  :D

Anyway, keep up the good work! Definitely looking forward for more!

MaJO

  • master of karate and friendship
  • Only Rumia can do it better.
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #27 on: June 18, 2013, 05:54:57 AM »
Wow. Personally I would have killed Okuu right then and there if I was Orin.   
This is the last time I buy weed from Tiny Pete.
This is the last time I buy shrooms from Tiny Pete.

TwilightsCall

  • 名探偵ヱリカ参上!
  • あなたの応手を拝見しましょう
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #28 on: July 03, 2013, 02:16:52 AM »
Every time I post and see that 14 day warning, I feel like I've lost at something :(

Quote
Oh, and Hoshimi probably comes from either "星見" which means "stargazer" or "星身" which means "star body".

That wasn't quite what I had in mind, but I actually really like those interpretations.  The first possibility I had come up with was "星子" meaning something like "Seed of the Stars," which was kind of a play on an older prototype name I had come up with that you can probably guess by looking at it lol.  A bit of investigation came up with another possibility, "星光," meaning something like "starlight."  Both involve rather uncommon readings for the 'mi' Kanji though, so I didn't expect anyone to really figure it out.  I really like the sound of stargazer though, I feel it fits really well with her backstory (that none of you know about...)


Anyways, after yet another monstrous delay, here is the next chapter.  I had a lot of difficulty with the chapter I just finished writing...similar to the amount of difficulty I had with the one I'm posting, which is pretty ironic now that I think about it.  Anyways, closing in on the end of the second arc!  If there's anyone left reading this, I hope you're getting excited!



Chapter 10 – Pain of Separation

It had been a little over a day and half since Reimu had left the Hakurei Shrine for the Palace of the Earth Spirits.  Komachi had made good on her word, and had managed to jump Reimu a good half a day ahead of schedule.  Considering the jokes she had to suffer through on the way, it was almost worth it.
She had lost a lot of the time she gained in the Underground City, however.  She had remembered previously being ‘greeted’ by a certain Oni the last time she had gone to the Palace of the Earth Spirits, and she made a point of attempting to find her again.  After all, if their short altercation had been any indication, her strength was immense.  She would definitely be an invaluable tool in liberating Yuyuko.

She had also made a point of reorganizing her priorities after the conversation she had had with Yukari two days earlier.  Yukari’s point had really struck home with Reimu.  Despite the entire purpose of their confrontation being to find and liberate Yuyuko, she had completely lost sight of that goal.  Sure, she probably should have put Gensokyo before any one individual in the first place, but even so, forgetting something as vital as the fact there was a hostage that needed rescuing had frustrated Reimu to no end.

Fortunately, she had been travelling alone for most of the journey, and hadn’t encountered anyone during her travels, so she was able to cool off before she ended up taking her frustration out on someone else.  Though now that she realized it, the fact she hadn’t encountered anyone else on the way to the Palace of the Earth Spirits was awfully strange…

The cave leading to the underground had been devoid of life.  Not particularly surprising, as it was just a random cave.  Youkai moved about all the time, and it was close enough to the surface that she suspected whatever had caused the surface Youkai to disappear for two weeks was probably being felt there as well.

She was much more surprised when she reached the bridge separating the caves from the Underground City.  It hadn’t been that long ago that she crossed that bridge to get to the Palace of the Earth Spirits during what she liked to call the ‘hot springs incident,’ so she remembered quite clearly the girl who had been there, blocking her progress.  This time, however, she was nowhere to be seen.  It was pretty far from the surface, so it was unlikely she had suffered from the same sleepiness the surface youkai had, but otherwise her disappearance was a mystery.

She was more upset than surprised when she made her way through the Underground City without encountering anyone.  The city didn’t feel particularly abandoned – probably a product of not many people living there in the first place – but still, she didn’t encounter a single person.  Which was problematic, since she had been counting on asking that Oni to join them on her way.  The fact that she was gone was beyond strange.  There wasn’t really anywhere she could go, aside from the surface, which supposedly she had no interest in.

It was unfortunate, but Reimu knew she didn’t have the time to waste looking for her.  She had already spent far too long wandering the city, hoping she would get ambushed like last time.  However, no matter how carelessly she strolled around, not a single soul approached her.  And so, reluctantly, she moved on.

She now stood outside the Palace of the Earth Spirits.  There was something different about it this time, however.  The first time she had visited, she just flew right in.  This time, however, the massive double doors that denoted the entrance to the Palace were firmly shut.

“Well that’s…uh…great…” Reimu spoke quietly to herself as she sized up the door.  It was pretty big.  At least four times her height, and made out of a combination of stone and metal.  She didn’t know how that worked, but she supposed that the question could wait.

Since knocking on a stone door would do little more than hurt her hands, Reimu tried to open the doors.  Whether they were locked or just too heavy for her, they didn’t budge an inch.

“Hello? Anybody home?” Reimu shouted at the door.  As she waited for a response, she continued trying the door, but there was no success on either front.

“This is kind of a life or death matter, so I would appreciate it if you would at least talk to me!” Reimu shouted again, trying her best not to sound angry.  She suspected that it hadn’t worked, judging by the fact that the only response she got was the stony silence of the front door.

Sighing heavily, Reimu took a few steps back from the door and tried to cook up a way to get by it.  The Palace of the Earth Spirits was a massive building, as one could see simply by looking at its front door, but the cavern that led to it was very narrow.  Because of this, the rock walls of the cavern came up perfectly against the front wall of the Palace, meaning you could see little other than the door itself.  As such, it was impossible to sneak around, or to try and find another entrance.

On top of that, for some reason, there were no windows on the front wall either.  That meant sneaking or breaking in through a window wasn’t going to be possible either.  Though to be honest, she didn’t particularly like the idea of sneaking in through a window anyways – she wasn’t Marisa, after all.

However, she still had a problem.  The front wall was made of seamless stone, she couldn’t get around, and the door wouldn’t open.  There were no other openings for her to enter through, and no one on the inside was responding – assuming they could hear her in the first place.  Try as she might, the only thing she could think of doing was blowing the front door in.  Not a particularly good way to ask someone for help.

She briefly considered the possibility of other tunnels leading to an alternate entrance to the Palace.  She wasn’t an expert on the geography of the Underground, so the fact she didn’t know of any such entrances was little evidence against their existence.  That being said, she did know that the Palace was on the boundary between the Underground City and the Hell of Blazing Fires. That meant there wouldn’t really be any caverns on the other side.
Even so, it was her only shot, so she supposed it couldn’t hurt to try.  “I’m going to go try and find another entrance, so when I give up and come back, you better open this door!” Reimu shouted at the door one last time for good measure before turning to leave.

“If you’re on this side, this is the only entrance.”  Reimu stopped midstride as she heard a voice come from behind her.  Which was odd, since behind her now meant between her and the door.  Turning around, she saw occupying the once empty space was a very familiar looking girl, facing towards the closed double doors.  The girl turned from the doors to look at Reimu.  “Would you happen to know why the doors are closed? My sister almost never closes the doors…”

“How would I know? And more importantly, where did you come from?” Reimu didn’t bother trying to hide her surprise at the new arrival, who she recognized as Satori’s younger sister.

“Hellooooo?! Anyone in there?!” Koishi shouted at the door in a manner very similar to how Reimu had been just moments before.

“I don’t think that’s going to help…” Reimu muttered under her breath as she watched Koishi poke at the door.  Between her yelling and her poking at the door with her finger, she seemed to be making just as much progress as Reimu had.

“Anyways…would you happen to know any other way to get inside?” Reimu asked. Upon hearing this question, Koishi stopped what she was doing and turned back to Reimu, giving her a quizzical look.

“Why would you need another way inside? You’re already at the front door, you might as well go through it.”

“…I would love to, but the door is kind of closed at the moment.” Reimu had to fight the urge to snap back at Koishi for her answer.

“Why don’t you just open it?”

“Why don’t you just open it?”

“Okay!” With a big smile, Koishi turned back to the door.  She took three steps back so she would be out of the way if the doors opened, and carefully adjusted her hat.  She then cleared her throat and pointed at the door dramatically.

After a few moments of nothing happening, a small bullet of pale green light shot from Koishi’s outstretched finger and hit the door.  Bouncing back, Koishi caught the small green orb with her other hand, and after a brief flash of the same pale green light, disappeared entirely.

Reimu once again stood alone and confused in front of the doors to the Palace of the Earth Spirits.  Scratching her head, she walked up to the spot where Koishi was standing before she disappeared.

“I suddenly get the odd feeling…that none of this is going to be worth it.”  After a brief few moments of steeling her resolve, Reimu adopted the same pose Koishi had taken.  Creating a small bullet in front of her finger as Koishi had, after hesitating briefly, the fired the bullet at the door.

The bullet collided into the door and dissipated anticlimactically.  Reimu stood holding the same pose, not impressed.

Before she had a chance to drop her finger that was still pointing at the door, the sound of stone grinding on stone filled the cave.  Freezing, she watched in amazement as the giant double doors in front of her slowly began to open outwards.

“Did that…actually work?”  As Reimu stood motionless, her astonishment quickly faded, being replaced by her previous lack of enthusiasm.  With only a hint of embarrassment.

On the other side of the door, pushing them open with her bare hands, was none other than Koishi.   Once she had opened the doors far enough to let a person through, she stopped and looked at Reimu curiously. “What are you doing?” she asked, without a hint of condescension.

Reimu quickly lowered her hand.  “Nothing! Nothing, nothing!”

“Oh, okay.” With a confused expression, Koishi turned around and disappeared behind the now still doors.  Shaking her head, Reimu quickly made her way into the Palace.

“Oh, by the way, thanks for opening…the…” Reimu’s voice trailed off as she got inside, realizing she was alone once again.  Despite the rather large front hall, with very little to hide behind, Koishi was nowhere to be seen.  Shaking her head once again, she continued on into the inner Palace.

Everything looked more or less normal, as far as she could tell.  She had only been here once before, but even so, everything was more or less how she remembered it.  Except she wasn’t being attacked by ghosts and fairies this time.

Thinking this, she was reminded once again of how everyone everywhere seemed to have disappeared.  Well, at least I know there’s one person in here other than me, even if she does disappear every time I blink. Picking hallways more or less at random, she finally came across something that looked very much different from what she remembered.

Reimu was suddenly overcome with dread as she witnessed the destruction in front of her.  The floor had been torn to pieces.  Chunks of rock and rubble lay scattered across the entire room, obscuring what little patches of undamaged floor remained.  Many of the support pillars – which had hopefully been just decoration – had been completely blown away, with nothing but their bases remaining.  The walls had similar damage, most scarred deeply from who knows what, with a few of them broken down enough that you could see into the next rooms.

What bothered her more, however, was the blood.  Every few feet she could see small smears of blood, as if some badly injured person had been dragged across the rubble.  One particular dense smear thinned gradually as it extended, turning into a small trail that led out of the room.  It was clear that the blood smears and stains were all at least a day or two old, and there were no signs of whoever the blood belonged to. 

After taking a deep breath, Reimu entered the room and followed the blood trail into the depths of the Palace.


---------------


The blood trail Reimu had been following quickly dried up and vanished as she followed it through the hallways of the Palace, but it had lasted long enough for her to get a general idea of where it was going, so she didn’t have too much difficulty pushing forward after it disappeared.  More than that though, she was just happy the end of the blood trail wasn’t marked with a body.

As she slowly made her way through the Palace, she tried to figure out what could have possibly caused the destruction she saw.  She supposed it was possible for Satori to do something like that, but considering it was her own Palace, it seemed unlikely.  The wanton destruction seemed very much like Utsuho, but the lack of fire and burnt spots made that unlikely as well.  The cat didn’t seem like her power was very destructive when she had met her last, and Koishi had arrived here at the same time as Reimu, so there didn’t seem to be any residents of the Palace that could have caused what she saw.

That left one very ominous possibility – that the stranger had attacked these people as well.  And Reimu highly doubted that any of the blood she saw belonged to her.

But why would the stranger attack here?  Attacking without reason would just make her unnecessary enemies, so that didn’t make much sense.  It would help Reimu out if that was the case, but it still wasn’t a very good idea. Reimu pondered over the information she knew.  The stranger had been seen at a number of places around Gensokyo just recently, but the question was why?

From talking to the others back at the shrine, she knew that the stranger had visited the Scarlet Devil Mansion, the Bamboo Forest of the Lost, and the Moriya Shrine.  Aside from all being places that Reimu and her gang were visiting, there didn’t seem to be much connection between them.

At the Scarlet Devil Mansion, she attacked the gate keeper, spoke with Flandre briefly before blinding her, and then left.  In the Bamboo Forest, Mokou went mysteriously missing after she had been seen there.  At the Moriya Shrine, she fought Kanako and Suwako and was eventually driven off.

Suddenly, Reimu felt a chill go down her spine.

Mokou mysteriously vanishing after coming into contact with the stranger.

Kanako’s words when they spoke to her…“Actually, it was more of a recruiting run…”

Which means she must have been trying to recruit Flandre as well.  As bad as that was, the fact she had failed was a good thing no matter how you looked at it.  Having Flandre against them when they were fighting without Spell Cards…she didn’t even want to think of that possibility.

Reimu’s eyes went wide as her thoughts wandered back to her original purpose.  If she had gone to all of those places with the intent of recruiting people, then she likely came here to do the same.  And if you’re talking about people you don’t want to fight without Spell Card rules, one near the very top of that list lives right here.

Reimu quickened her pace.  Things suddenly felt like they were going to go really badly.

Before she knew it, the hallways Reimu had been traversing opened into a large reception room.  Sitting in the dead center of the room, alone and unmoving, was the master of the Palace, Satori Komeiji.

She did not look like she was in very good shape.  One of her arms was in a sling, a bandage wrapped around her head, covering one of her eyes, and both of her legs seemed to be fastened in place with splints and bandages.  She was sitting comfortably enough, but it was clear she couldn’t do much other than that.

Approaching quickly, Reimu was surprised when Satori didn’t even acknowledge her presence.  She simply sat, eyes closed, as if she was trying to ignore something.

“Are you…okay? What happened?”

Satori didn’t respond.  Reimu stood in silence for a few awkward moments, not being used to being ignored by people.  Shaking her head, Reimu started over.

“Okay, if you don’t want to talk to me, that’s fine, I’ll make this quick.  I don’t know what happened here, but I’ve got a pretty good guess.  Regardless, we need to talk.”

At this, Satori finally opened her eyes…eye?...and turned to face Reimu, expressionless. “No, we don’t.”

Taken slightly aback, Reimu paused before responding.  “What do you mean, ‘we don’t?’”

“We don’t need to talk.  I have nothing to say to you, and I already know everything you want to say to me.”

“If you know, then you must know how important this is.  No one can afford to just sit by and let these things happen, especially someone who’s been attacked.”

“As you can see, I am less then capable of helping you at the moment anyways.  Do you honestly think I can recover from this in seven days?”

Reimu had a bad habit of forgetting Satori could read her mind, even after it was thrown in her face again and again.  It continued to surprise her when she brought up things she couldn’t know, even though it was perfectly logical for her to know them from reading her mind.

“Now please, leave. There is nothing I have to say to you other than ‘no.’”

Reimu almost shivered at the coldness in Satori’s voice.  There was something very…different about her.

“Alright, alright.  I understand you don’t want to help, and don’t want to talk to me.  I don’t like it, but I understand.  Either way though, I need to ask you…about…something…” Reimu’s voice trailed off as she saw Satori’s reaction to her words.

She was going to ask about Utsuho.  She was the one Reimu was most worried about, considering the stranger’s track record at recruiting attempts.  As soon as Reimu thought that, though, Satori immediately looked away and started trembling…something had definitely happened.

“…go…away…”

“I need to know what happened, Satori.  Even if-“

“I said go away!” Satori practically screamed at Reimu, cutting her off.  It wasn’t particularly loud, considering her condition, but it got the point across.  Unfortunately for both of them, Satori being upset was not enough to break Reimu’s need for information.   If something had happened to Utsuho, or even worse, if she had gone with the stranger, she needed to know about it.

Yet even as she stood there, watching Satori, she could tell she was getting worse.  Of course, if she doesn’t want to talk about it, she probably doesn’t want to think about it either.  With Reimu standing right beside her, there was no way she could escape from hearing about it, even if Reimu didn’t say anything.
And so Reimu found herself at an impasse.  The more she saw Satori’s composure crumble, the more she understood that something terrible had happened, and that she needed the time alone.  However, the worse the situation was, the more she needed to know what had happened, and these conflicting needs and desires drove her into a corner not unlike the one Satori was in.

Before Reimu could decide what to do about what was happening here, she felt a hand on her shoulder.  Turning around, she saw Orin.  She looked exhausted, and her eyes had an unhealthy hollowness to them, but she at least seemed more composed than Satori.

“Come on, we need to leave.”

“But I still need to-“ As Reimu spoke, she was cut off by Orin’s firm expression.

“We. Need. To. Leave.”

“…alright, if you insist.” Throwing a glance over her shoulder at the still unstable Satori, Reimu reluctantly followed Orin out of the room.


---------------


After a few minutes of walking, Orin stopped and sat down.

They were in a rather nondescript part of the Hell of Blazing Fires.  Orin had led Reimu out the back of the Palace of the Earth Spirits, and though they weren’t particularly far from it, the terrain obscured the Palace from view.

Reimu watched Orin quietly for a few moments, trying to gauge her mood.  Her expression had softened considerably, but it still had a lost, forlorn tinge to it.  However, much unlike Satori, she seemed to be completely uninjured.  That was a good sign, in a way, but her expression and attitude seemed to indicate that something plenty bad had happened regardless of her physical health.

“I assume that since you brought me out here, you are at least willing to answer my questions?”

With a blank look, Orin turned to stare at Reimu.  After a brief staredown, neither of the two breaking their expressions, Orin finally sighed and looked away. “What do you want to know?”

“Everything that happened here.  From the beginning.”

After another sigh, Orin turned back to Reimu.  “I suppose it all started about…three days ago?  A messenger from the New Hell came to ask us a favour.”
Reimu started at that.  This was so far completely removed from what she had expected to hear that she couldn’t help but show her surprise.  She did, however, maintain her silence.

“They came to ask us to open up the Hell of Blazing Fires so that the residents of the Underground could take refuge there from something going on above ground. They wouldn’t tell us any of the details, but Lady Satori allowed them to pass through without asking too many questions.  It took about a day and a half, and all the youkai from the Underground were moved into the Hell of Blazing Fires.”  Noticing Reimu looking around with an unconvinced look, Orin answered the unspoken question. “They are a lot further in than we are.  You won’t see them from here.”

Seeing Reimu was somewhat satisfied with the explanation, she continued.  “Only a day after that had happened, another person came to the Palace.  It was a pretty big deal among the residents of the Palace, since anyone visiting now must have been from further away than the Underground.  After all, the Underground’s residents were all in the Hell of Blazing Fires.  The visitor, calling herself Hoshimi or something, came in and started talking to Lady Satori.”
Despite the entirely unfamiliar name, Reimu couldn’t help but feel as if she knew exactly who it was.

 “I wasn’t there when it happened, but obviously some sort of fight broke out.  You saw Lady Satori, after all.  By the time I arrived, Lady Satori was terribly injured, and most of the other pets were sprawled unconscious about the room.  The visitor had already left by that point, so Lady Satori demanded that I go after her.  Apparently she was targeting Okuu, who was still working in the Hell of Blazing Fires.”

Orin paused for a moment, a bitter expression passing over her face.  “…by the time I got there, Okuu and the stranger were just leaving.  I tried to talk her out of it, but even the fact she had hurt Lady Satori so badly wasn’t enough to convince her to not go with her…”

Reimu bit her lip to keep herself from swearing out loud.  Utsuho had gone with the stranger after all.  This was quite possibly the worst possible scenario.
“First things first.  Can you describe this Hoshimi person to me?”

She thought it was reasonable to assume Hoshimi was the stranger she had met before, but she felt it was best to make sure.

After thinking for a moment, Orin responded. “Shortish black hair.  Long black dress.  She had an expensive looking silver necklace.  Other than that, nothing really stood out about her.”

“As I thought…” Reimu muttered to herself.  So this was in fact the same person.  Things were suddenly getting quite bad, but even so Reimu couldn’t abandon her initial purpose for coming here.

“I know how this is going to sound, and I know you probably won’t like me asking, but I kind of have to.  Right now, we are gathering as many youkai as possible to fight against this Hoshimi that attacked you guys.  Is there any way you, or anyone from the Palace could assist us?”

“No.” Orin’s answer was instant.  Reimu had expected that’s how she would answer, but she would have liked it if she had at least thought about it a bit first.”
“First of all, Lady Satori is too injured to be of help, and there is no one here left but me that can take care of her. That alone means we can’t really spare anyone.”

“What about Koishi?”

“Lady Koishi doesn’t live here anymore.”

“Really? Because she is the one who opened the door for me…”

Orin’s eyes widened in surprise.  After a brief pause, she regained her composure and started speaking again. “…anyways, even if Lady Koishi was here, we couldn’t let her help you anyways.  The stranger left a warning before she went back to the surface.  She said that if anyone from the Palace of the Earth Spirits helps you guys out at all, she would personally level the Palace and kill everyone in it.”

“…that’s…quite a severe threat…” Reimu was taken aback.  Though she knew that this stranger wasn’t someone to be trifled with, she hadn’t taken her for the bloodthirsty type.  Sure, she had kidnapped Yuyuko, and they knew nothing of what had happened to Ran, but she had never outright threatened to quite the same extreme.  Even when she attacked the Scarlet Devil Mansion, she hadn’t injured anyone but the gate keeper, and she was still quite alive.

“Apparently, Hoshimi knew about Lady Satori’s power, and she was quite displeased with the prospect of it being used against her.  That’s why Lady Satori didn’t want to talk to you.  Just that much was putting the lives of everyone at risk.

Reimu clicked her tongue. If the stranger was so worried about Satori helping her, that meant Satori would be capable of giving them a tremendous edge.  Unfortunately, she seemed serious about her threat.   If Reimu planned to get Satori’s help, assuming she would even agree, she would need to relocate everyone from the Shrine down here just to defend against her.  And considering the amount of mobility the stranger seemed to have, there was no way they could do so before she obliterated the Palace of the Earth Spirits.

With a frustrated sigh, Reimu scratched her head. With that kind of a threat looming over them, she couldn’t even ask Orin to go into any more detail about what had happened than she already had.

 “Alright, it looks like there’s nothing you guys can do to help.  Setting that aside though, there is one more question I’d like to ask.”

Orin eyed her warily, but said nothing.

“Of the youkai that took refuge in the Hell of Blazing Fires, did you happen to see any Oni?”

Orin blinked a few times and scratched her head.  “Oni…you mean the one living in the Underground City, right? No, I don’t think she came.”

Reimu’s spirit drooped once more.  “Of course she didn’t.  Do you have any idea where she might have gone?”

“I know many of the stronger youkai were talking about going up to the surface to enjoy whatever disaster was coming.  They figured there was someone new who was quite strong about to cause it, so they wanted to try fighting them for themselves.”

Reimu perked up at this.  If she couldn’t find them here because they had gone to the surface in search of Hoshimi, it should take minimal effort to convince them to aid them against her.  Assuming they could find them, of course.

“Thanks, I guess I’ll need to just keep an eye out.  That’s all, thanks for your time.”

Reimu turned to leave, mulling over the information she had newly found.  Someone warned the youkai in the Underground to take shelter from a calamity on the surface.  The stronger youkai probably headed to the surface looking for a fight, so they should be easy to convince.

The Palace of the Earth Spirits was essentially crippled as far as supporting them goes, and Utsuho had joined with the stranger.

Her last conversation with Yukari still fresh in her mind, Reimu looked over her shoulder at Orin as she walked away. “Don’t worry.  We’ll beat this Hoshimi person down and bring Utsuho back to you safe and sound.  I promise.”



I've got a bit of a dilemma as to the ordering of some of the later chapters (basically, whether I want what I've slated now as 11.5 and 12.5 in that order or if I should change them), so hopefully that doesn't slow the next chapter down too much.  Though you know, with three weeks between each update, I can't imagine it getting much slower :(

Oh and just for fun, the end of this chapter marks exactly halfway through my story outline!   Hurray for benchmarks!
« Last Edit: July 03, 2013, 02:29:30 AM by TwilightsCall »

Sagus

  • Spin, Hina, spin
  • Spin like there's no tomorrow
Re: Rise of the Evening Star
« Reply #29 on: July 03, 2013, 02:34:44 AM »
I'm just glad to get any updates at all, heh. Too many good fics end up dying.

Good chapter, made me feel quite sorry for Satori. Poor thing doesn't deserve this much punishment :'(

I'm really interested to see where this is going, so keep up with the good work!
Peketo's Drawing Stuffs
Despite the name, it's mostly 3D models.

My fanfics.